ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT

For

PROPOSED SYNTHETIC RESIN MANUFACTURING PLANT

[Cat.5 (f) A]

OF

M/s. SARARA CHEMICALS at Village : Kuakandar; Mouza & P.O. Bhajanpur, P.S. Khoribari, Dist. Darjeeling, West Bengal.

Prepared by

M/S. ULTRA – TECH (Environmental Consultancy & Laboratory) Head Office : Unit No. 206, 224, 225, Jai Commercial Complex, Eastern Express Highway, Khopat, Thane (W) – 400601. Kolkata Branch Office : CG 229, Sector 2, Salt Lake City, Kolkata 700091 Tel.: 91-33-40089145 Website: www.ultratech.in

December 2019

Table of Content

LIST OF TABLES ...... 9

LIST OF FIGURES ...... 11

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY ...... 13

1. Introduction ...... 13

2. Project Location ...... 13

3. Production details ...... 17

4. Basic Requirements ...... 17

5. Baseline Environment Studies ...... 22

6. Impact assessment and Mitigation Measures ...... 26

7. Environment Monitoring plan ...... 29

8. Environment Management Plan ...... 29

9. Corporate Social Respnsibility ...... 29

CHAPTER 1: INTRODUCTION ...... 30

1.1. Introduction: ...... 30

1.2. Justification of Project ...... 30

1.3. Purpose of EIA ...... 31

1.4. Methodologies for EIA ...... 32

1.5. Structure of Report ...... 33

1.6. TOR Compliance ...... 34

CHAPTER 2 - PROJECT DESCRIPTION ...... 47

2.1. Introduction ...... 47

2.2. Project Location ...... 47

2.3. Topography ...... 53

2.4. Land Use Pattern ...... 54

Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 3

2.5. Land Breakup ...... 54

2.6. Site Alternatives ...... 56

2.7. Justification of Proposed Production ...... 56

2.8. Product Profile ...... 56

2.9. Raw Materials ...... 57

2.10. Manufacturing Process ...... 58

2.11. Resource Requirements Projects ...... 63

2.12. Project schedule ...... 70

2.13. Project cost estimate ...... 70

CHAPTER 3 - BASELINE ENVIRONMENTAL STATUS ...... 71

3.1. Introduction: ...... 71

3.2. Meteorology ...... 71

3.3. Air Quality ...... 74

3.4. Noise ...... 79

3.5. Water Environment...... 83

3.6. Soil ...... 92

3.7. Description of the Land Use Classes of the study area: ...... 99

3.8. Topography ...... 102

3.9 Biological Environment ...... 106

3.10 Socio Economic Study...... 114

3.11 Traffic Survey ...... 125

CHAPTER 4- ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT, PREDICTION AND MITIGATION MEASURES ...... 130

4.1. Introduction ...... 130

4.1.1. Identification of Impacts ...... 130

4.1.2. Impact during Construction Phase ...... 130

Impact Assessment ...... 131 Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 4

4.2. Environment Impact & Mitigation Measures During Construction Phase ...... 132

4.2.1. Air Environment ...... 132

4.2.2. Water Environment: ...... 133

4.2.3. Noise Environment: ...... 133

4.2.4. Land Environment: ...... 133

4.2.5. Ecology and Biodiversity: ...... 134

4.2.6. Socio-economic Environment: ...... 134

4.3. Environment Impact & Mitigation Measures During Operation Phase ...... 134

4.3.1. Impact on Air Quality ...... 135

4.3.2. Water Environment ...... 140

4.3.3. Water Budget ...... 140

4.3.4. Design of Effluent Treatment and Recycle Schemes...... 140

4.3.5. Mitigation Measures ...... 141

4.3.6. Impact on Soil & Mitigation ...... 142

4.4. Solid Waste ...... 142

4.4.1. Nuisance Due To Odour ...... 144

4.5. Biological Environment ...... 144

4.6. Social Impact Assessment ...... 145

4.7. CER and Socio-Economic Development...... 148

4.8. Conclusion: ...... 148

CHAPTER 5 - ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES ...... 149

(TECHNOLOGY & SITE) ...... 149

5.1 ALTERNATIVE SITE ANALYSIS ...... 149

5.2 ALTERNATIVE TECHNOLOGY ANALYSIS ...... 150

5.2.1. Fuel Alternatives ...... 150

5.2.2. Production Alternatives ...... 150

Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 5

5.3 „NO-PROJECT‟ Option ...... 150

CHAPTER 6 - ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM ...... 151

6.1. INTRODUCTION ...... 151

6.2. BUDGET ALLOCATION FOR MONITORING ...... 152

6.3. REPORTING SCHEDULES OF THE MONITORING DATA ...... 152

CHAPTER 7 - ADDITIONAL STUDIES ...... 153

7.1. Quantitative Risk Management ...... 153

7.1.1 Introduction ...... 153

7.1.2 Approach to the Study ...... 153

7.1.3 Methodology ...... 153

7.1.4 Identification of Hazard & Release Scenarios ...... 157

7.1.5 Hazard Identification and Preventive Measures ...... 158

7.1.6 QRA Modelling Details ...... 164

7.1.8 Consequence Analysis ...... 165

7.1.9 Risk Reduction Measurements & Recommendations ...... 173

7.1.10 Do‟s & Don‟ts of Preventive Maintenance, Strengthening of HSE, Mfg Utility Staff for Safety Related Measures ...... 177

7.2. Disaster Management Plan ...... 179

7.2.1 Definition ...... 179

7.2.2 Objectives : ...... 180

7.2.3 Phases of Disaster ...... 180

7.2.4 Proposed On–Site Emergency Plan ...... 181

7.2.5 Disaster control Management system ...... 181

7.2.6 General Industrial Emergencies ...... 182

7.2.7 Emergency Organization‟s...... 182

7.2.8 Emergency Communication...... 183

7.2.10 Incident Controller ...... 184 Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 6

7.2.11 Emergency Coordinator - Rescue, Fire Fighting ...... 184

7.2.12 Emergency Coordinator ...... 185

7.2.13 Emergency Control Centre ...... 185

7.2.14 Emergency Medical Facilities...... 186

7.2.15 Emergency Shutdown ...... 186

7.2.16 All Clear Signal ...... 186

7.2.17 Occupational Health ...... 186

7.2.18 Safety Training ...... 186

7.2.19 Off-Site Emergency Planning ...... 187

7.3. Public Consultation ...... 187

CHAPTER 8 - PROJECT BENEFITS ...... 192

8.1. IMPROVEMENTS IN THE PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE ...... 192

8.2. IMPROVEMENTS IN THE SOCIAL INFRASTRUCTURE ...... 192

8.3. EMPLOYMENT POTENTIAL – SKILLED, SEMI-SKILLED AND UNSKILLED ...... 192

8.4. CER ACTIVITY ...... 193

8.5. OTHER TANGIBLE BENEFITS ...... 193

CHAPTER 9 - ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN (EMP) ...... 194

0.1. INTRODUCTION: ...... 194

0.2. OBJECTIVES: ...... 194

0.3. CHECKLIST OF STATUTORY OBLIGATIONS...... 194

0.4. ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT CELL ...... 194

0.5. ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN DURING CONSTRUCTION PHASE ...... 195

0.6. ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN DURING OPERATION PHASE ...... 196

9.6.1 Air Environment ...... 196

9.6.2 Noise Environment ...... 197

9.6.3 Water Environment ...... 197

Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 7

9.6.4 Green Belt Development Plan: ...... 198

9.6.5 Rain Water Harvesting ...... 200

9.6.6 Occupational Health and safety ...... 201

9.7 BUDGETARY PROVISION FOR ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN ...... 201

CHAPTER 10 – SUMMARY AND CONCLUSION ...... 203

10.1. INTRODUCTION ...... 203

10.2. JUSTIFICATION OF PROPOSED PRODUCTION ...... 203

10.3. Project Location ...... 204

10.4. COMPONENTS OF PROJECT ...... 206

10.4.1 Products ...... 206

10.4.2 Raw Materials ...... 206

10.4.3 Utilities...... 207

10.4.4 Project Layout ...... 207

10.5. OVERALL ENVIRONMENTAL SIGNIFICANCE ...... 207

10.6. POLLUTION CONTROL ...... 210

10.7. Control Measures (Natural Environment) ...... 211

10.7.1 Air Environment ...... 211

10.7.2 Water Environment ...... 211

10.7.3 Solid Waste Management ...... 214

10.8. BACKGROUND STUDY ...... 216

10.9. BIOLOGICAL STUDY ...... 216

10.10. SOCIAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...... 218

10.10.1. Positive Impacts ...... 218

10.10.2. Negative Impacts ...... 218

10.10.3. Mitigation Measures ...... 218

10.11. Safety ...... 219

Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 8

10.12. Conclusion ...... 219

CHAPTER 11 -CONSULTANTS ENGAGED...... 220

11.1. CONSULTANTS ENGAGED ...... 220

LIST OF TABLES

Table E-1: Proposed Production Capacity ...... 17 Table E-2: Chemical Name, Physical Form and Required Quantity & Mode of Storage of Raw Materials ...... 17 Table E-3: Details & MSDS of Hazardous Raw Materials Required ...... 18 Table E-4: Plot Break-Up Details ...... 18 Table E-5: Details of Fuel Requirement ...... 19 Table E-6: Water Balance of Proposed Project ...... 20 Table E-7: Non-Hazardous Solid Waste ...... 21 Table E-8: Details of Hazardous Waste generation and Disposal ...... 21 Table 1.1: TOR Compliance ...... 34 Table 2.1: Geographical Location and Environmental Setting of the Project ...... 47 Table 2.2: Plot Break-Up Details ...... 49 Table 2.3: Plot Break-Up Details ...... 54 Table 2.4: Proposed Production Capacity ...... 57 Table 2.5: Chemical Name, Physical Form and Required Quantity & Mode of Storage of Raw Materials ...... 57 Table 2.6: Details & MSDS of Hazardous Raw Materials Required ...... 58 Table 2.7: Material Balance for U-F Resin Production ...... 60 Table 2.8: Material Balance for P-F Resin Production ...... 62 Table 2.9: Raw Material Details ...... 63 Table 2.10: Water Balance of Proposed Project ...... 64 Table 2.11: Details of Fuel Requirement ...... 65 Table 2.12: List of proposed utilities ...... 65 Table 2.13: Detail of ETP Parameters ...... 66 Table 2.14: Technical Details of cyclone ...... 68 Table 2.15: Technical Details of Induced Draft Fan ...... 68 Table 2.16: Non-Hazardous Solid Waste ...... 69 Table 2.17: Details of Hazardous Waste generation and Disposal ...... 69 Table 2.18: Break-up Cost of the Project ...... 70 Table 3.1: Meteorological Data Recorded at study area ...... 72 Table 3.2: Location of AAQ stations ...... 76 Table 3.3: Results for Location of AAQM stations ...... 77 Table 3.4: Summary of Noise Level in Study Area ...... 81 Table 3.5: Ambient Noise Level Standards ...... 82 Table 3.6: Ground Water sampling locations ...... 85 Table 3.7(A): Ground Water Quality Results ...... 86 Table 3.7(B): Ground Water Quality Results ...... 87 Table 3.8: Surface Water Sampling Location ...... 89

Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 9

Table 3.9(A): Surface Water Quality Results ...... 90 Table 3.9(B): Surface Water Quality Results ...... 91 Table 3.10: Soil sample Stations ...... 95 Table 3.11A: Soil Analysis Report ...... 96 Table 3.11B: Soil Analysis Report ...... 97 Table 3.12: Standard Soil Classification ...... 97 Table 3.13: Land use/ Land cover Statistics of Area within 10 km Radius ...... 99 Table 3.14: Presence of Vegetation up to10 Km Surroundings of the Project Site ...... 108 Table 3.15: List of Dominant Fauna Recorded in Study Area ...... 110 Table 3.16: List of Dominant Avifauna Recorded in Study Area ...... 111 Table 3.17: Phytoplankton Counts Observed in Water Bodies Within Study Area ...... 113 Table 3.18: Phytoplankton Genera Observed in Water Bodies Within Study Area ...... 113 Table 3.19: Enumeration of Zooplankton in Surface Water Bodies Within Study Area ...... 113 Table 3.20: Zooplankton genera observed in Water Sample ...... 114 Table 3.21: List of Villages within 10 Km. Radius Area from Project Site ...... 118 Table 3.22: Distribution of Male and Female Population ...... 120 Table 3.23: SC and ST Population Distribution ...... 123 Table 3.24: Recommended PCU Factors on Urban Roads ...... 125 Table 3.25: Traffic Survey, Node I ...... 126 Table 3.26: Level of Service ...... 127 Table 4.1: Impact Prediction during Construction Phase ...... 131 Table 4.2: Assessment of Predicted Impact during Construction ...... 132 Table 4.3: Stack Emission ...... 136 Table 4.4: Predicted 24-Hourly Short Term Maximum Incremental Ground Level Concentration .. 137 Table 4.5: Resultant Ambient Concentrations after Expansion ...... 137 Table 4.6: Non-Hazardous Solid Waste ...... 143 Table 4.7: Details of Hazardous Waste generation and Disposal ...... 143 Table 4.8: Odour Emissions ...... 144 Table 4.9: Impact Prediction during Operational Phase ...... 146 Table 4.10: Assessment of Predicted during Operational Phase ...... 147 Table 4.11: Proposed CER Programme ...... 148 Table 6.1: Summary of Sampling for Environmental Monitoring Program ...... 151 Table 6.2: Budget Allotment for Monitoring ...... 152 Table 7.1: Details of Raw Materials ...... 157 Table 7.2: Details of Finished Products ...... 157 Table 7.3: Toxicity Index ...... 158 Table 7.4: Raw Material Storage Hazards and Controls ...... 158 Table 7.5: Process Hazard Control ...... 159 Table 7.6: General Hazards & Controls ...... 161 Table 7.7: Size of The Storage Area To Be Provided For Each Raw Material & Product ...... 165 Table 7.8: Fire Prevention ...... 177 Table 7.9: In Case of Fire ...... 178 Table 7.10: Handling of Chemicals ...... 178 Table 7.11: House Keeping ...... 179 Table 7.12: Local Statutory Government bodies ...... 187 Table 7.13: Issue Raised during Public Hearing and Replies ...... 188

Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 10

Table 9.1: List of Green Belt Trees ...... 199 Table 9.2: Rain Water harvesting potential calculation: ...... 201 Table 10.1: Proposed Production Capacity ...... 206 Table 10.2: Chemical Name, Physical Form and Required Quantity & Mode of Storage of Raw Materials ...... 206 Table 10.3: Environmental Significance of Process Steps ...... 207 Table 10.4: Pollution Control ...... 210 Table 10.5: Detail of ETP Parameters ...... 214 Table 10.6: Non-Hazardous Solid Waste ...... 215 Table 10.7: Details of Hazardous Waste generation and Disposal ...... 215 Table11.1: List of EIA Coordinator, Functional Area Experts & Associates: ...... 221 Table 11.2: Laboratory Details ...... 221

LIST OF FIGURES

Figure E.1: Location Map of M/s Sarara Chemicals ...... 14 Figure E.2: Google Earth Image of Project Location ...... 15 Figure E.3: Layout Plan of Project Site ...... 16 Figure 2.1A: Connectivity Map for Nearest Railway Station ...... 50 Figure 2.1B: Connectivity Map for Nearest Airport ...... 51 Figure 2.1C: Connectivity Map for Nearest Town/City ...... 51 Figure 2.2(A): Location Map ...... 52 Figure 2.2 (B): 10 Km radius Toposheet of the Project Location ...... 53 Figure 2.3: Google Earth Image ...... 53 Figure 2.4: Schematic Plant Layout ...... 55 Figure 2.5: Process Flow Diagram of U-F Resin ...... 60 Figure 2.6: Process Flow Diagram of P-F Resin ...... 62 Figure 2.7: Schematic Diagram of Water Balance ...... 64 Fig 2.8: ETP Diagram ...... 66 Figure 3.1: Wind Rose Diagram of Study Area (January 2018) ...... 72 Figure 3.2: Wind Rose Diagram of Study Area (February 2018) ...... 73 Figure 3.3: Wind Rose Diagram of Study Area (March 2018) ...... 73 Figure 3.4: Wind Rose Diagram of Study Area (January 2018 to March 2018) ...... 74 Figure 3.5: Air Monitoring Stations ...... 77 Figure 3.6: Noise Sampling Locations ...... 82 Figure 3.7: Water Sampling Location ...... 84 Figure 3.8: Soil sampling locations ...... 95 Figure 3.9: Satellite Image ...... 99 Figure 3.10: LULC Map ...... 100 Figure 3.11: Digital Elevation Model of 10 km Study Area ...... 101 Figure 3.12: Drainage Pattern of 10 km Study Area ...... 102 Figure 3.13: Seismic Zones of West Bengal as per IS: 1893 – 1984 ...... 103 Figure 3.14: Contour Map ...... 104 Figure 3.15: Hydrogeological map of West Bengal ...... 105 Figure 3.16: Hydrogeological map of Darjeeling ...... 106

Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 11

Fig 3.17: Study area for Biological Environment ...... 107 Figure 3.18: Project Location ...... 117 Figure 3.19: Villages within 10 Km. Radius Area from Project Site...... 117 Figure 3.20: Male-Female Population Distribution Chart ...... 122 Figure 3.21: Location of the Node for Traffic Survey ...... 126 Figure 3.22: No‟s of vehicles during peak hour & lean hour ...... 127 Figure 3.23: Baseline Monitoring Photographs ...... 129 Figure 4.1: Site Specific Wind Rose (Period: Janu- Feb-Mar 2018) ...... 136 Figure 4.2(a): Short Term 24 Hourly Incremental GLCs of PM ...... 138 Figure 4.2 (b): Short Term 24 Hourly Incremental GLCs of SO2 ...... 138 Figure 4.2 (C) : Short Term 24 Hourly Incremental GLCs of NOx ...... 139 Figure 4.3: Water Budget ...... 140 Figure 7.1: Methodology of QRA Study ...... 155 Figure 7.2: HSE Organization Chart ...... 175 Figure 7.3: Onsite DMP - Disaster Control / Management System ...... 182 Figure 7.4: News Paper Notice of Public Hearing ...... 190 Figure 9.1: Environment Management Cell Structure ...... 195 Figure 9.2: Layout Plan showing green belt area ...... 200 Figure 10.1: Google Image of M/s Sarara Chemicals ...... 205 Figure 10.2: Google Earth Image of M/s Sarara Chemicals ...... 205 Figure 10.3: Layout Plan of Project Site ...... 209 Figure 10.4: Water Balance Diagram ...... 212 Figure 10.5: Block Diagram of Effluent Treatment Plant ...... 214

ANNEXURES

Annexure 1: TOR Letter

Annexure 2: Raw Data of Baseline Monitoring

Annexure 3: Land Conversion Certificate

Annexure 4: Ground Water Permission

Annexure5: Occupational Health & Safety Policy

Annexure 6: Material Safety Data Sheet

Annexure 7: Public Hearing Proceedings

Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 12

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

1. Introduction

M/s Sarara Chemicals is planning to install a plant for production of Synthetic Resin with a capacity of 5400 MTPA, in the land of 1335.45m2 at R.S. Plot No 200; L.R. Plot No 481; Mouza – Bhajanpur; Village – Kuakandar; Dist – Darjeeling, West Bengal.

Because of high market demand, the project proponent is willing to produce two types of synthetic resin i.e. Urea-Formaldehyde Resin (U-F Resin) and Phenol-Formaldehyde Resin (P-F Resin). The production capacity of the two types of resins will be 3780 MTPA and 1620 MTPA respectively.

The proposed project is satisfying the General Condition of the EIA Notification as the India – Nepal International boundary is in 4 km and the West Bengal-Bihar State Boundary is in 1.4 km from the project site. So the proposed project will be considered as Category A.

Thus the unit is categorized under Category „A‟ of Schedule no. 5(f) for “Synthetic organic chemicals industry” as per EIA notification and its latest amendment. The application for TOR had been submitted to MOEFCC portal vide Proposal No IA/WB/IND2/72842/2018 on 14th February 2018 and the TOR has been obtained vide letter no IA-J-11011/56/2018-IA-II(I) dated 23rd March 2018.

2. Project Location

M/s. Sarara Chemicals is located at R.S Plot no 200; L.R plot no 481; Mouza Bhajanpur; Village Kuakandar; Dist Darjeeling.

The Location map is shown below in Fig E.1 and Google image of the project is shown in Fig E.2.

Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 13

Project Site

Figure E.1: Location Map of M/s Sarara Chemicals

Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 14

Figure E.2: Google Earth Image of Project Location

Project Layout

M/s. Sarara Chemicals is located at R.S Plot no 200; L.R plot no 481; Mouza Bhajanpur; Village Kuakandar; Dist Darjeeling. The layout is presented in Figure E.3.

Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 15

Area % Description (SQM) Utilization Ground 387.36 29 Coverage Parking 133.45 10 Area Vacant 360.52 27 Land Green Area 454.12 34

Total Plot 1335. 100 Area 45

ETP

Road Width 9150 mm

Entry/Exit Figure E.3: Layout Plan of Project Site

Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 16

3. Production details

The plant is proposed to design for the production of U-F Resin and P-F Resin. The plant and machinery have been designed with required specification considering volume of reaction, material of construction and are located at appropriate positions. Adequate ventilation, air conditioning and Air Filtration systems have been planned to prevent environmental hazards. The leading product may be as stated in Table E-1.

Table E-1: Proposed Production Capacity Production Production Storage Name of the Mode of Sl Capacity Capacity Capacity product Storage (MT/Month) (MT/Annum) (MT) Urea-Formaldehyde 1 315 3780 88.2 PVC Tank Resin Phenol- 2 135 1620 37.8 PVC Tank Formaldehyde Resin Total 450 5400 126

4. Basic Requirements

i. Raw Materials

Following raw materials are required for proposed products as mentioned in Table E-2. The properties of the Raw materials, quantity required and mode of storage & transport are mentioned in Table E-2. Details & MSDS of Hazardous Raw Materials Required are provided in Table E-3.

Table E-2: Chemical Name, Physical Form and Required Quantity & Mode of Storage of Raw Materials Quantity Quantity Maximum Sr. Name of Chemical Mode of Mode (MT/ (MT State Source Storage No. Chemicals Name Transport of Storage Month) /Day) MT Formaldehyde Imported Shipment / 125 HDPE 1 Formaldehyde 313 12.5 Liquid (37%) / Local Truck Tank Imported Shipment / 17 HDPE 2 Phenol Carbolic Acid 43 1.7 Liquid / Local Truck Drum Carbonyl 35 Woven PP 3 Industrial Urea 88 3.5 Solid Local Road diamide Bag Sodium 10 Woven PP 4 Caustic Soda 2.5 0.1 Solid Local Road Hydroxide Bag 0.16 HDPE 5 Acetic Acid Acetic Acid 0.16 0.006 Liquid Local Road Drum

Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 17

Yellow Dextrin Woven PP 6 Powder/ -- 0.05 0.002 Solid Local Road 0.5 Bag Maize Starch White

Table E-3: Details & MSDS of Hazardous Raw Materials Required

Full name Main properties (refer MSDS) Of the raw Max. Physical Sl Specific Vapour materials and Storage B.P F.P LD IDLH Flammability Phase 50 Gravity density quantity in (kg) °C °C Mg/kg MT/Month (water=1) (air=1) 1 Formalin Liquid 313200 98 140 100 1.08 NA 1.03 Flammable

2. Industrial Urea Solid 88200 132.7 NA 8471 1.323 NA 2.07 Non Flammable 3. Phenol Liquid 43200 182 85 140 1.057 3.24 Non Flammable

4. Caustic Soda Solid 2302 1388 NA NA 2.13 NA NA Non Flammable

50 5. Acetic Acid Liquid 106 118.1 109.4 3310 1.049 2.07 Flammable ppm

Yellow Dextrin 6. Powder / Maize Solid 500 Non Flammable Starch White

ii. Land

The total land, purchased for the proposed project is 1335.45sqm which is located at R.S. Plot No 200; L.R. Plot No 481; Mouza – Bhajanpur; Village – Kuakandar; Dist – Darjeeling, West Bengal. The total land area is 1335.45 sqm. The break-up of the plot area is as mentioned below: Table E-4: Plot Break-Up Details S.N. Description Area (SQM) % Utilization 1 Ground Coverage 387.36 29 2 Parking Area 133.45 10 3 Vacant Land 360.52 27 4 Green Area 454.12 34 Total Plot Area 1335.45 100

iii. Water

The total fresh water requirement will be around 4.6KL per day, out of which 1.1KL will be used for domestic. For industrial use, around 2.1KL water will be required. The generated waste water will be recycled and reused. So there will be no discharge of waste water. Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 18

iv. Power

Total Power requirement for the proposed project will be about 48kVA in double shift basis of 8hours each, for 300 days per annum. The power will be supplied from WBSEDCL. Additionally a D.G. set of 50 kVA will be used in case of emergency or power failure. Diesel will be used as a fuel for D.G. set.

v. Fuel

The proposed unit there is a fuel requirement for the D.G. set. The unit will use Diesel as a fuel in to the D.G. Set (50 kVA), which will be used as an alternate/stand-by power source. The unit will use coal as a fuel in the vertical boiler. The details of fuel consumption are given hereunder in Table E-5. Table E-5: Details of Fuel Requirement Sr. No. Fuel Used in Fuel Consumption 1 Coal Vertical Boiler 200 Kg/Hr 2 Diesel D.G. Sets (50 kVA) 8 L/Hr

vi. Man Power

M/s. Sarara Chemicals will generate employment of around 16 full time employees for operations and administration purpose. The local population will be given preference for employment as per their qualifications; this will improve their living standards and livelihood. vii. Capital Cost

Total cost of the project will be around 110.47 lacs. The commercial operation date (COD) is envisaged in six (6) months reckoned from the effective zero date.

 Pollution Potential and Management

The proposed project will have potential of pollution mainly due to the wastewater generation & disposal, flue gas emission from utilities and hazardous waste generation & disposal. These potentials of pollution are described below under respective heading with necessary details.

Water Pollution

The total fresh water requirement will be around 4.6KL per day, out of which 1.1KL will be used for domestic purpose from where around 0.9KL sewage water will be generated which will be flowed to septic tank followed by soak pit. For industrial use, around 2.1KL water will be required out of which 0.2KL will be used in production process of PF-Resin, 0.7KL will be used in boiler, 0.5KL will be required for cooling water makeup and around 0.7KL will be used for kettle and floor washing. Around 0.7KL waste water is expected to be generated as effluent which will be treated in ETP.

Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 19

Around 0.6KL treated effluent per day is expected to be generated which will be used for gardening purpose. So there will be no discharge of waste water.

The waste water will be around 700 L/D generated from kettle washing and floor washing will be sent to ETP for treatment. The water balance is given in Table E-6.

Table E-6: Water Balance of Proposed Project Water Consumption Waste water generation No. Particular Input KLD Effluent KLD 1 Domestic 1.1 0.9 (to soak pit) 2 Industrial 2.1 Process 0.2 -- 2.2 Boiler 0.7 -- 2.3 Cooling Makeup 0.50 - 2.4 Kettle & Floor Washing 0.7 0.7 Total Industrial 2.1 0.7 3 Greenbelt 2 (1.4 Fresh water + -- 0.6 Treated Water) Total (1+2+3) 4.6 0.7 Source of Water Ground water

Air Pollution

The main source of air pollution will be the flue gas from Vertical Boiler (1 MT/hr) and D.G Set (50 kVA) contains PM, SO2 and NOX as air pollutants.

A. Flue Gas Emission

The common flue gas stack will be attached to the Vertical boiler (1MT/hr) which is operated by electricity. The emission outlet of heater will be connected to the proposed stack of 30m height.

The unit will also have one D. G. Set (50 kVA), which will be kept as a stand-by and used in case of main power failure. The Diesel will be used as fuel for the DG Set and adequate stack height of 2 m will been provided.

B. Fugitive Emission

The main source of Fugitive Emission are filling, cleaning, purging, sampling, opening, pressure relief, emptying or draining of materials and from storage transfer and handling system are valve stems, flanges, connections and open ends, sampling points and pumps seals.

Solid Waste

A. Non-Hazardous Solid Waste:

Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 20

Based on the above working, the summary of the non-hazardous waste is given below:

Table E-7: Non-Hazardous Solid Waste Sl No. Waste Quantity Disposal 1 Dry Garbage 4 Kg/day Disposal to panchayat vat 2 Wet Garbage 6 Kg/day Disposal to panchayat vat

B. Hazardous Solid Waste:

The main source of hazardous waste generation from proposed activity is dried sludge from ETP and Evaporation residue.

The other source of hazardous waste generation from proposed activity are discarded containers/ Barrel / bags from storage and handling of raw materials and spent/used oil generation from plant machinery..

The unit will obtain membership of active Common Environmental Infrastructure TSDF at Haldia for proper disposal of hazardous waste. The unit has provided dedicated storage area for the hazardous waste storage within premises having impervious floor and roof cover system. The details of hazardous waste generation and handling / Management are given in Table E-8.

Table E-8: Details of Hazardous Waste generation and Disposal Sr. No. Types of Waste Quantity Mode of Disposal 5 Collection, Storage, Transportation, Disposal at TSDF 1. ETP Sludge Kg/Month site. Used oil/ spent 15 Collection, Storage, Transportation, Sell to Registered 2 oil Lit/Year Pre-processor 50 3 Bags Sold to Registered Recycler Nos./Day

Noise & Vibration

The only source of noise generation may be from the D.G. Set, which will be kept as standby and no other source of noise and vibration from the proposed manufacturing activity except Plant machineries. The adequate precautions will be taken for abatement of noise pollutions, which are as follows.

 The unit will install latest technology based low noise D.G. Set with acoustic enclosures

 Proper and timely oiling, lubrication and preventive maintenance will be carried out for the machineries and equipments to reduce noise generation

 All the vibrating parts will be checked periodically and serviced to reduce the noise generation. The equipment, which generates excessive noise, will be provided with enclosures etc.

Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 21

 To minimize the adverse effect on the health, Ear muffs/ earplugs will be provided to the working under high noise area

 To reduce the noise generation during the transportation activities; the vehicle will be periodically serviced and maintain as per the requirement of latest trend in automobile industry. Only those vehicles with PUC‟s will be allowed for the transportation

 Green belt area will be developed to prevent the noise pollution outside the factory premises. It will be increased after proposed expansion

 Noise monitoring will be done regularly at different parts of the plant

 Steadily Non vibrating foundation on rubber pads, tree barriers, side cladding and machines kept centrally on plot

Aesthetics

There will be no nuisance from noise. DG set will be run only occasionally. There are no crushing, pulverizing operations.

Odour can be of some sensitivity in chemical industries. However, in this case majority input is odorless, and only few are pungent nature but less in quantity and handled in closed fashion.

5. Baseline Environment Studies

 Study Period: January 2018 to March 2018  Study Area : 10 Km radius surrounding the project site

 Ambient Air quality

The baseline status of the ambient air quality has been established through field monitoring data on

PM10, PM2.5, Sulphur dioxide (SO2), oxides of nitrogen (NOX), NH3, O3 and CO at 8 locations within the study area.

Results

3 3 Values of PM10 in the background environment ranged from 50.0 µg/m to 100.4 µg/m . Average 3 values of PM10 found to be around 74.4 µg/m was observed to be within the permissible limit of 100 µg/m3. The PM10 concentration is bit higher in the study area probably because of the nearby industries and traffic movement through the adjacent road. The values of PM2.5 range from 28.2 3 3 3 µg/m to 57.4 µg/m . The average value of PM2.5 was 36.2 µg/m and found to be within NAAQ standard of 60 µg/m3.The values of Sulfur dioxide levels were found to vary from 5.1 µg/m3 to 8.1 3 3 µg/m . The values of SO2 were found to be well within NAAQ standard of 80µg/m .The value of Nitrogen oxide ranged from 23.3 µg/m3to 49.2 µg/m3. The values of oxides of Nitrogen were observed to be well within the NAAQ standard of 80µg/m3. The value of Ammonia ranged from 18.7 Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 22

µg/m3to 30.7 µg/m3, the value of ammonia found to be within the NAAQ standard of 400 µg/m3. The 3 3 value of Ozone ranged from 20.9 µg/m to 39.6 µg/m the value of O3 were observed to be well within the NAAQ standard of 100 µg/m3. The range of CO is also very less than the standard. The range of TVOC at the project site varies from 2.2 to 4.3 µg/m3.

 Noise Level

The noise monitoring was conducted at nine locations in the study area during monitoring period. 8 sampling locations were selected for the sampling of noise.

Results

The values of noise level parameters like Leq (day), and Leq (night), were monitored during study period and it‟s found that both inside (industrial) and outside (residential) of project area the day and night equivalent noise level is as per the standards given by the CPCB.

Permissible noise limits for residential area prescribed by CPCB are 55 dB(A) during day time and 45 dB(A) during night time and for Industrial area 75 dB(A) during day time and 70 dB(A) during night time. Recorded noise levels are within the permissible limits.

 Water quality:

Grownd water collected from ten locations and surface water collected from ten locations in the study area during monitoring period.

Results

Ground water samples analyzed during the study period indicate that all parameters are found are also within the IS 10500:2012 limits.

Surface water samples analysed during the study. As per the CPCB water quality criteria for surface water the SW1, SW2, SW3, SW4, SW6, SW7, SW8, SW9 falls under Class C and SW5, SW10 falls under Class E.

Soil quality

Representative soil samples from study area were collected at 8 locations.

Results

It has been observed that the pH of the soil in the study area ranged from 6.21 to 8.11 the maximum pH observed at S2, whereas the minimum was observed at S8.The electrical conductivity was observed to be in the range of 1225 to 2580 μ mhos/cm, the maximum Electrical Conductivity observed at S5 and minimum Electrical Conductivity was observed at S4.The Potassium values range between 0.016% to 3.3 %, with the maximum was observed at S5 and the minimum observed at S1.

Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 23

The Sodium values range between 0.012 % to 0.7 %, with the maximum was observed at S5 and the minimum observed at S1. The Nitrogen values range between 0.054% to 30.6 %, with the maximum was observed at S5 and the minimum observed at S1. The Phosphate values range between 0.032% to 1.032 %, with the maximum was observed at S5 and the minimum observed at S1. The total organic carbon value ranges from 0.8 to 6.21 % with maximum was observed at S8 with minimum was observed at S5.

 Ecology and biodiversity

M/s. Sarara Chemicals is located at Vill Kuakandar; Mouza & P.O. Bhajanpur Dist. Darjeeling. As per guidelines of MoEF for Environmental Impact Assessment, the study area was restricted up to 10 km periphery of the project site. All observations were undertaken in January 2018 in the study area.

Results

Flora:

Dominant tree species in Study area are Azadirachta indica, Mangifera indica, Artocarpus heterophyllus and Ficus benghalensis.

Dominant families of plants recorded in the study area are Caesalpiniaceae, Mimosaceae, Euphorbiaceae, Cucurbitaceae, Papilionaceae. The area showed overall 63 plant species from 60 genera and 41 families.

Fauna:

Field observations of fauna were carried out. The commonly available mammals, reptiles, amphibians birds, butterflies and dragonflies within 10 km surroundings were enumerated.

 14 Mammal species like Bostarus, Bubalus bubalis, Capra hircusaegagrus etc. has been identified.  38 bird species like Cuculus canorus, Corvus macrorhynchos, Streptopelia chinensis etc has been identified.  13 reptile and amphibian species like Calotes versicolor, Naja naja, Rana tigerinus etc. has been identified during study period.  5 butterfly species like Papilio polytes, Papilio polymnesfor, Euploea core etc. has been identified during the study period.

Phytoplankton

Phytoplankton counts, recorded from Mechi River and Swarnamati River varied between 140 and 760 No/ml. Usually Phytoplankton reported from above locations showed dominance of Chlorophyceae followed by Bacillariophyceae, Cyanophyceae & Phaeophyceae members. Altogether

Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 24

11 genera of Phytoplankton were reported from 2 locations. Density of phytoplankton group was more in Mechi River. The Shannon Wiener index for phytoplankton varied from 1.4 to 2.2 indicating medium productive water.

Zooplankton

Zooplankton counts, recorded at Mechi River and Swarnamati River within study area. Density of zooplankton varied between 40 and 130 N/m3. Only 7 genera of zooplankton, dominated by Brachionussp, Diaptomussp. And Daphnia sp. were recorded. Rotifera was most dominant, followed by Copepoda and Cladocera. However, SWI indicates medium productive waters.

 Socio Economic

Sex Ratio

While dealing study area (10 Km radius from project site) as per secondary data (Population Census 2011) the male population is 238494 and female population is 225623. Male –Female Ratio is: 1000 Male: 946 Female

Demography

As a matter of fact, all the surrounding area is part of rural & urban inhabitation. A total of 81 rural and urban inhabitations fall within the study area. The total population of the study area is about 464117constituting 93491households. The sex ratio of the study area as per census 2011 records as good at 946, whereas the sex ratio of the districts involved is 946 in Kishanganj (Bihar) and 970 in Darjiling (WB) district.

While dealing study area (10 Km radius from project site) as per secondary data (Population Census 2011) the total population is 464117 in 93491 total households. Highest population in study area is in Thakurganj (273323). Population Density in study area is: 1478per Sq. Km. (Population Density = Number of People/Land Area).

Religion

The predominant religions of Darjeeling are Shaivite Hinduism and Vajrayana Buddhism, followed by Christianity. Indigenous communities such as the Lepchas, the Limbus, and many others, also practice Animism and Shamanism which is very often, but not always, intermixed with the more mainstream Hinduism and Buddhism.

SC and ST Population

The proportion of Scheduled Caste (SC) population within the study area is 15.5%. The proportion of Scheduled tribe (ST) within the study area is 9.1%. Whereas this proportion in the districts, Schedule Caste (SC) constitutes 6.7% while Schedule Tribe (ST) were 3.8% of total population in Kishanganj

Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 25

district of Bihar. And Schedule Caste (SC) constitutes 17.2% while Schedule Tribe (ST) was 21.5% of total population in Darjeeling district of West Bengal.

6. Impact assessment and Mitigation Measures

 During Consturction

Environmental Impact:

Total construction activity involves construction of factory sheds, installation of boiler, resin kettle, DG set, APC devices etc and erection of storage tanks, Office buildings, ETP etc. Therefore there will be no significant impact on environment during construction phase.

The construction Phase involves the following activities

 Erection of plant and Construction  Installation of equipments  Transportation  Material Handling  Employment of Labour

Air, Noise level, Soil and flora and fauna parameters are likely to be affected by above said activities.

Mitigation Measures:

 The construction of proposed units would result in the increase of SPM concentrations, which can be controlled by frequent sprinkling of water.  It will be ensured that diesel powered vehicles will be properly maintained to comply with exhaust emission requirements.  For the labours, proper sanitation facility will be available.  The noise control measures during the construction phase include provision of caps on the construction equipment and regular maintenance of the equipment.

 During operation

Environmental Impacts:

Air: The major source of air pollution due to proposed project will be the emission of particulate matter from the burning of 200kgs of coal per hour in boiler which is needed to be controlled before discharge into the atmosphere. The fugitive emissions are likely to arise during various stages of operations such as raw material unloading, transfer and storage of raw material and finished products etc.

Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 26

Water: The total fresh water requirement will be around 4.6KL per day and will be met through ground water, out of which 1.1KL will be used for domestic purpose from where around 0.9KL sewage water will be generated which will be flowed to septic tank followed by soak pit. For industrial use, around 2.1KL water will be required out of which 0.2KL will be used in production process, 0.7KL will be used in boiler, 0.5KL will be required for cooling water makeup and around 0.7KL will be used for kettle and floor washing. Around 0.7KL waste water is expected to be generated as effluent which will be treated in ETP. Around 0.6KL treated effluent per day is expected to be generated which will be used for gardening purpose.

Soil: In the proposed unit, during operational phase, there is very less chance of soil contamination.

Noise: Noise from machinery, D.G. sets, and vehicular movement.

Biological Environment: Propose project site is located Village – Kuakandar; Dist – Darjeeling, West Bengal and no direct impact would be envisaged on nearby ecological environment. Further greenbelt development will help to improve ecology. Necessary environmental protective measure have been planned under EMP for air, water and hazardous waste management systems and regular environmental surveillance will be carried out so as to prevent any short-term or cumulative effect on the crops and natural vegetation of the area.

Socio Economic Environment: There will be a growth in indirect jobs and business opportunities to the local and surrounding people such as daily wage labourers, transporters and raw material suppliers due to the establishment of surrounding industries in the area.

Future generation of Cultivators/farmers at local and regional level will be benefited through industrial growth in the area provided adequate measures to control pollution are undertaken

Infrastructure viz. Road, transport, electricity and water supply in the surrounding villages will be improved

Mitigation Measures: a) Air –

Ambient air quality will be within NAAQS 2009 as mentioned above. Cyclone Separator is proposed as air pollution control measures to proposed boilers. Also, stacks of adequate height i.e. 30 m are proposed attached to boilers to disperse flue gases. b) Water-

The action plan is prepared to ensure that there is no discharge of effluent creating nuisance during rainy season.

 There will be no unattended storage of effluent.

Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 27

 Pre-monsoon inspection shall be carried out to ensure that there will not be any rain-wash pollution in the eventuality of rain run on or rain run-off.  The ETP and sludge beds also will be taken care off during pre-monsoon inspection. c) Soil-

 RCC flooring will be done at manufacturing and materials storage area.  The preventive maintenance will be planned to avoid the failure of valve, pipe lines and other component of transferring line  All the chemical handling will be carried out on proper RCC area to prevent from soil contamination. d) Noise:

 Accoustic enclosures for the DG sets will be used to reduce the noise.  Ear-Muffs will be provided to the labours when required. e) Biological Environment:

 Greenbelt/plantations will be developed at the periphery of the company premises.  Adequate stack height will be provided as per CPCB guidelines for the proper dispersion of pollutants, so that it will not hamper the plants. There will be no disposal of effluent from the unit. f) Socio Economic Environment:

In order to mitigate the adverse impacts likely to arise in social, cultural and economic aspects in the surrounding area due to project activity, it is necessary to formulate effective recommendations for smooth initiation and functioning of the project:

 Project authorities should organize guidance centre for youths, technical education centre and training programme.

- Community Development Programmes should be continued in the nearby villages as a goodwill gesture. - Information regarding the proposed development plan, social welfare programmes etc. should be communicated to the local community in the form of booklets and audio-visuals.

 For all the social welfare activities to be undertaken by the project authorities, collaboration should be sought with the local administration and Gram Panchayat for better co-ordination and also to reach to the public.

Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 28

7. Environment Monitoring plan

M/s Sarara Chemicals will adopt comprehensive environmental monitoring plan which is essential to take into account the changes in the environment. The objective of monitoring is:

 To verify the result of the impact assessment study in particular with regards to new developments.  To follow the trend of parameters which have been identified as critical  To check or assess the efficiency of controlling measures  To ensure that new parameters, other than those identified in the impact assessment  Study, do not become critical through the commissioning of new project.

8. Environment Management Plan

The management of the M/s. Sarara Chemicals will take all the necessary steps to control and mitigate the environmental pollution in the planning stage of the project. While implementing the project M/s. Sarara Chemicals will follow guidelines specified by CPCB under the Corporate Responsibility for Environmental Protection (CREP) for proposed unit. The EMP task will likely be administered by the “Health, Safety and Environment (HSE) Department”, who will have the authority where necessary to “stop the job” if an environmentally detrimental activity is being conducted.

The EMP operation/implementation will be the responsibility of the “HSE Officer”, who will be coordinating, arranging the collection and reporting of the results of all emissions, ambient air quality, noise and water quality monitoring etc.

9. Corporate Social Respnsibility

The company has a defined Corporate Social Responsibility Policy which guides all the related activities. Company personnel have visited the nearby area and interacted with various strata to understand the requirements and shortcomings. Based on the information collected from the visits, a CSR / CER programme was made, containing a list of activities.

The CSR / CER cost is Rs. 2.20 lacs, which is 2.0% of the total cost for the proposed project.

Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 29

CHAPTER 1: INTRODUCTION

1.1. Introduction:

M/s Sarara Chemicals is planning to install a plant for production of Synthetic Resin with a capacity of 5400 MTPA, in the land of 1335.45m2 at R.S. Plot No 200; L.R. Plot No 481; Mouza – Bhajanpur; Village – Kuakandar; Dist – Darjeeling, West Bengal.

Because of high market demand, the project proponent is willing to produce two types of synthetic resin i.e. Urea-Formaldehyde Resin (U-F Resin) and Phenol-Formaldehyde Resin (P-F Resin). The production capacity of the two types of resins will be 3780 MTPA and 1620 MTPA respectively.

The proposed project is satisfying the General Condition of the EIA Notification as the India – Nepal International boundary is in 4 km and the West Bengal-Bihar State Boundary is in 1.4 km from the project site. So the proposed project will be considered as Category A.

Thus the unit is categorized under Category „A‟ of Schedule no. 5(f) for “Synthetic organic chemicals industry” as per EIA notification and its latest amendment. The application for TOR had been submitted to MOEFCC portal vide Proposal No IA/WB/IND2/72842/2018 on 14th February 2018 and the TOR has been obtained vide letter no IA-J-11011/56/2018-IA-II(I) dated 23rd March 2018. TOR copy is enclosed as Annexure I.

1.2. Justification of Project

Demand of synthetic resins in the country is increasing day by day. These synthetic resins are used in adhesives, finishes, particle board, MDF, and moulded objects.etc.

Urea Formaldehyde and related amino resins are considered a class of thermosetting resins of which urea-formaldehyde resins make up 80% produced globally. Examples of amino resins use include in automobile tires to improve the bonding of rubber to tire cord, in paper for improving tear strength, in moulding electrical devices, jar caps, etc.

Phenol Formaldehyde Resins (PF) or Phenolic Resins are synthetic polymers obtained by the reaction of phenol or substituted phenol with formaldehyde. Used as the basis for Bakelite, PFs were the first commercial synthetic resins (plastics). They have been widely used for the production of molded products including billiard balls, laboratory countertops, and as coatings and adhesives. They were at one time the primary material used for the production of circuit boards but have been largely replaced with epoxy resins and fibreglass cloth, as with fire-resistant FR-4 circuit board materials

Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 30

Competition in the Indian market swells in recent years. This had many companies opting out of low- margin segments, as competition resulted in lower prices. A gap between demand and supply is created. Such remarkable price hikes take place when there is removal of some of the key competitors, which leads to demand override and as a consequence prices start soaring in a free- pricing market.

The proposed synthetic resin plant will be set up with an installed capacity to manufacture around 5400 MT per annum. The proportion of U-F resin and P-F Resin production is proposed to be at 70: 30 ratios. U F Resin and PF Resin are used in plywood manufacturing for pasting of veneer sheets. There are large number of plywood manufacturing units in North Bengal and adjoining Bihar. There is a good demand for U-F and P-F Resin in neighbouring country - Nepal.

The unit proposes to export about 70% of its production to Nepal. Where number of plywood units are situated who are using U-F and P-F Resin.

Considering good export as well as domestic market, marketability of the product will not be a problem at all.

1.3. Purpose of EIA

As per EIA Notification dated 14th September, 2006 and its amendments thereon, proposed Resin manufacturing activity falls under schedule 5 (f) Synthetic Organic Chemicals Industry and hence need to obtain prior Environmental Clearance. As the proposed project is satisfying the General Condition of the EIA Notification as the India – Nepal International boundary is in 4 km and the West Bengal-Bihar State Boundary is in 1.4 km from the project site. So the proposed project is considered as Category A.

The proposal was submitted before Expert Appraisal Committee, MoEFCC vide proposal no IA/WB/IND2/72842/2018 to obtain Terms of References (ToR) and MoEFCC has issued the ToR vide their letter no IA-J-11011/56/2018-IA-II(I) dated 23rd March 2018. The EIA report was prepared in conformance with standard ToR issued by MoEF&CC during April 2015 and additional project specific ToR.

The EIA study is carried out to assess the pollution potential and evaluate the adequacy and efficiency of proposed Pollution Control & Environmental Management System. The main objectives of the study are

1) To assess the background environmental status,

2) To identify potential sources of pollution,

3) To predict and evaluate the impact on environment along with pollution control measures taken and

Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 31

4) To prepare a comprehensive Environment Management Plan.

1.4. Methodologies for EIA

Taking into consideration proposed project activities and guidelines, an area of 10 km radius from the centre of the project has been selected and is designated as the study area for the purpose of EIA studies.

1.4.1. Baseline Environmental Conditions

The samples of ambient air, ground and surface water, soil and noise data have been collected and analyzed as per the standard methods for establishing the baseline data and to determine the impact of proposed activity on the same.

1.4.1.1. Ambient Air Environment

The air environment around the plant was studied by setting up eight locations within the study area of 10 km radius from the project site and collection and monitoring the site specific meteorological data, viz. wind speed, wind direction, humidity, rainfall and ambient temperature was carried out. Design of network for ambient air quality monitoring locations is based on guidelines provided by

CPCB. The ambient air samples were collected and analyzed for PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOx , O3, NH3, TVOC for identification, prediction, evaluation and assessment of potential impact on ambient air environment.

1.4.1.2. Ground and Surface Water Environment

The water required for domestic and industrial use is being made available from the ground water. Hence, to assess the physico-chemical quality of the water, a number of water samples were collected and analyzed for pollution parameters viz., pH, TDS, Turbidity, Fluorides, Chlorides, Sulphates, Hardness, Alkalinity etc.

1.4.1.3. Noise Environment

Noise pollution survey was conducted in the study zone. The anticipated noise sources were vehicular and some industrial activities, which are likely to be increased due to the proposed expanded activity. Noise levels were also recorded in surrounding villages for evaluating general scenario of the study area. Hourly equivalent sound levels (Leq) were also recorded for calculating Day and Night noise levels in the surrounding villages.

1.4.1.4. Soil Environment

Soil sampling and analysis was carried out to assess physico-chemical characteristics of the soils and delineate existing cropping pattern, existing land use and topography, within the study area.

1.4.1.5. Biological Environment

Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 32

Keeping in view, the importance of biological component of total environment due to the proposed project, biological characterization of terrestrial and aquatic environments, changes in species diversity of flora and fauna in terrestrial as well as aquatic systems were studied for impact analysis due to proposed project activity, if any.

1.4.1.6. Socio-economic Environment

Demographic and related socio-economic data was collected from census handbook to assess socio- economic status of the study area. Assessment of impact on significant historical, cultural, and archaeological sites/places in the area and economic and employment benefit arisen out from the project is given special attention.

1.4.2. Identification of Pollution Source

Detailed study of manufacturing process for proposed scenario is carried out along with input and output of materials, water, and wastewater as well as infrastructure facilities available.

1.4.3. Evaluation of Pollution Control and Environmental Management System

The qualitative and quantitative analysis of various pollution sources as well as evaluation of pollution control system is carried out.

1.4.4. Evaluation of Impact

A comprehensive evaluation of environmental impact with reference to proposed activities is carried out.

1.4.5. Preparation of Environmental Management Plan

A comprehensive Environmental Management Plan has been prepared covering all the aspects of pollution prevention measures, Air and Water Pollution Control measures, Hazardous Waste Management, Environmental Surveillance and Environmental Management Plan.

1.5. Structure of Report

The objective of the EIA study is preparation of Environment Impact Assessment (EIA) report based on the guidelines of the Ministry of Environment Forests and Climate Change (MoEFCC), CPCB and WBPCB. It incorporates the following.

 Chapter 1 is an Introduction to the Industry, their premises and surrounding areas. It also expresses the basic objectives and methodologies for EIA studies and work to be covered under each Environmental component.

Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 33

 Chapter 2 presents a Description of Project and Infrastructure facilities including all industrial and environmental aspects of M/s. Sarara Chemicals as well as manufacturing process details. This chapter also gives information about raw material storage and handling, water and wastewater quantitative details, air pollution and control system, Hazardous Waste generation, storage facility and disposal and utilities for proposed plant capacity. It also provides information about proposed Environmental Management Facilities available at the project site.

 Chapter 3 covers Baseline Environmental Status including meteorological details, Identification of baseline status of Environmental components of the surrounding area covering air, water and land environment. Also presents a study of land use pattern, Biological Environment & Socio- Economic Environment giving details about the District and the study area in terms of land use pattern, biological environment, and socio-economic environment.

 Chapter 4 deals with Identification and Prediction of Impact, which provides quantification of significant impacts of the proposed activities of plant on various environmental components. Evaluation of the proposed pollution control facilities has been presented.

 Chapter 5 deals with Analysis of Alternatives

 Chapter 6 deals with Environmental Monitoring Programme

 Chapter 7 describes Additional Studies I.e. Risk analysis and Disaster management plan that shall be adopted by the company.

 Chapter 8 describes Benefits of the Project

 Chapter 9: describes Environment Management Plan (EMP) to be adopted for mitigation of anticipated adverse impacts if any and to ensure acceptable impacts

 Chapter 10. Summary of the Project

 Chapter 11. describes Details of Consultants Engaged

1.6. TOR Compliance

Table 1.1: TOR Compliance SN Description Compliance in the Draft EIA Report TOR Conditions A. Standard Terms of Reference 1 Executive Summary of the Project Executive Summary is been given in the beginning of EIA report. 2 Introduction i. Details of the EIA Consultant including ULTRA-TECH NABET accreditation ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANCY AND LABORATORY (Gazzeted By MoEF)

Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 34

SN Description Compliance in the Draft EIA Report TOR Conditions Unit No. 206, 224, 225 Jai Commercial Complex, Eastern Express Highway, Opp Cadbury Factory, Khopat, Thane (West) – 400 06. Accredited EIA Consultant Organization by NABET, QCI, New Delhi at S. No.146 (MoEF&CC) List of Accredited EIA Consultant Organizations (Rev. 62; February 05, 2018). ii. Information about the project proponent M/s. Sarara Chemicals Mouza & P.O. Bhajanpur, P.S. Khoribari, Dist. Darjeeling West Bengal. PIN : 734427 iii. Importance and benefit of the project Addressed in chapter 1 in point 1.2 3 Project Description i. Cost of the project and time of completion Project Cost: 110.47 Lacs Completion time: The commercial operation date (COD) is envisaged in six (6) months reckoned from the effective zero date. ii. Product with capacities for the proposed Production Production Name of the Sl Capacity Capacity projects product (MT/Month) (MT/Annum) Urea- 1 Formaldehyde 315 3780 Resin Phenol- 2 Formaldehyde 135 1620 Resin Total 450 5400

iii. If expansion project, details of existing NA products with capacities and weather adequate land is available for expansion, reference of earlier EC if any iv. List of raw materials required and their S Raw materials Form Quantity source along with the mode of L (MT/Month) transportation 1 Formalin Liquid 313.2 2 Industrial Urea Solid 88.2 3 Phenol Liquid 43.2 4 Caustic Soda Solid 2.32 5 Acetic Acid Liquid 0.16 6 Yellow Dextrin Solid 0.05 Powder / Maize Starch White

v. Other chemicals and materials required Not applicable with quantities and storage capacities

Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 35

SN Description Compliance in the Draft EIA Report TOR Conditions vi. Details of emission, effluents, hazardous Emission The main source of air waste generation and their management pollution will be the flue gas from Vertical Boiler (1 MT/hr) and D.G Set (50 kVA) contains PM, SO2 and NOx as air pollutants. It will be managed through Cyclone Separator, Induced draft fan and adequate stack height will be given as per CPCB norms. Effluent The waste water will be around 700L/D generated from kettle washing and floor washing will be sent to ETP for treatment. Hazardous ETP Sludge – 5 Kg/Month Waste Disposed to TSDF site. Used Oil/Spent Oil – 15Lit/Year Sold to registered pre-processor Bags – 50 nos./Day Sold to registered recycler

vii Requirement of water, power, with source Particulars Demand Source of supply, status of approval, water Water 4.6 KLD Ground Water balance diagram, man-power requirement Power 48 kVA WBSEDCL Man Power 16 Nearby areas (regular & contract)

viii Process description along with major The process description for U-F Resin and P- equipments and machineries. Process flow F resin has been addressed in point 2.9 of sheet (quantitative) from raw material to chapter 2 of the EIA/EMP report. products to be provided. ix. Hazard identification and details of Hazard identification and details of proposed proposed safety system. safety systems is given in Chapter -7 of the EIA/EMP report x. a. Copy all environmental NA clearance(s) including Amendments thereto obtained for the project from MOEF & CC/SEIAA shall be attached as an annexure. A certified copy of the latest monitoring report of the regional office of the Ministry of Environment and Forests as per circular dated 30th May 2012 on the status of compliance of conditions stipulated in all of the environmental Clearance including Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 36

SN Description Compliance in the Draft EIA Report TOR Conditions Amendments shall be provided. In addition, status of compliance of Consent to Operate for the ongoing / existing operation of the project from SPCBshall be attached with the EIA – EMP report b. In case the existing project has not obtained environmental clearance, reasons for not taking EC under the provisions of the EIA notification 1994 and / or EIA notification 2006 shall be provided. Copies of consent to establish / No objection Certificate and Consent to operate (in case of units Operating prior to EIA notification 2006, CTE and CTO of FY 2005 – 2006) obtained from the SPCB shall be submitted. Further, compliance report to the conditions of consents from the SPCB shall be submitted. 4 Site Details i. Location of the project site covering R.S. Plot No 200; L.R. Plot No 481; Mouza – village, Taluka/ Tehsil, District and state, Bhajanpur; Village – Kuakandar; Dist – Justification for selecting the site, Darjeeling. wheather other sites are considered. Details are addressed in chapter 2 in the table 2.1 ii. A topo sheet of the study area of radius of As because India-Nepal International 10 km and site location on 1:50,000 / boundary is in 4 km from the project location 1:25,000 scale on an A3/A2 sheet. is, due to which the toposheet of the project (including all eco-sensitive areas and location is restricted and not available from environmentally sensitive places) the SOI. The 10 km radius topomap of the project location is given in chapter 2 in figure 2.2(B) iii Details w.r.t option analysis for selection Addressed in chapter 2 in section 2.6 of site iv Co-ordinates (lat-long) of all four corners Point Coordinates of the site A 26°32'7.06"N 88° 8'59.69"E B 26°32'7.12"N 88° 9'1.16"E C 26°32'5.83"N 88° 9'0.90"E D 26°32'6.05"N 88° 8'59.47"E

v Google map-Earth downloaded of the Addressed in figure 2.3 in chapter 2 project site

Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 37

SN Description Compliance in the Draft EIA Report TOR Conditions vi. Layout map indicating existing units as Addressed in figure 2.4 in chapter 2 well as proposed units indicating storage area, plant area, green belt area, utilities etc. If located within an industrial area/Estate/Complex, Layout of Industrial area indicating location of unit within the industrial area / Estate. vii. Photographs of the proposed and existing Given in Plate 2.1 of Chapter 2 of the (if applicable) plant site. If existing, shows EIA/EMP report photographs of plantation / greenbelt, in particular. viii Land use break up of total land of the S. Area % Description . project site (identified and acquired), N. (SQM) Utilization government / private – agricultural, forest, 1 Total Plot 1335.45 100 wasteland, water bodies, settlements, etc Area 2 Ground 387.36 29 Coverage 4 Parking Area 133.45 10 5 Vacant Land 360.52 27 6 Green Area 454.12 34

ix. A list of major industries with name and 1. Surya Ply Industries Pvt. Ltd. – 5.5 km type within study area (10 km radius) shall (WNW). be incorporated. Land use details of the 2. Dakshinkali Plastic Industries Pvt. Ltd. – study area. 7.3 km (WNW). 3. Parajuli Tea Industries Pvt. Ltd. – 7.7 (NW). 4. Modern Tea Industries Pvt. Ltd . – 8.2 km (W) x. Geological features and geo-hydrological Geological features and Geo-hydrological status of the study area shall be included status of the study area is given in section of 3.8 of chapter -3 of EIA report xi. Details of the drainage upto 5 km radius of Addressed in chapter 3 in figure 3.12 the study area. If the site is 1 km radius of Mechi River flows through the Western side any major river, peak rainfall data of apst and Mahananda river runs on the Eastern side 30 years. Details of flood level of the of the study area with respect to proposed project site and maximum Flood level of project site. the river shall also be provided. (mega green field project)

xii. Status of acquisition of the land. If Addressed in chapter 2 in point 2.1 and 2.2 acquisition is not complete, stage of the Land use is industrial and already acquired acquisition process and expected time of by the project proponent. complete possession of the land xiii R & R details in respect of land in line Not Applicable

Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 38

SN Description Compliance in the Draft EIA Report TOR Conditions . with state government policy. 5 Forest and Wildlife related issues (if applicable): i. Permission approval for the use of forest land (forestry clearance), if any, and Not applicable recommendations of the state Forest Department.(if applicable). ii. Land use map based on High resolution No forest land is involved in the proposed satellite imagery (GPS) of the proposed expansion project. site delineating the forestland (in case of Land use map based on High Resolution projects involving forest land more than 40 Satellite Imagery (GPS) of the proposed ha). expansion has been given in figure.3.9 of chapter-3 of EIA/ EMP Report. iii. Status of Application Submitted for obtaining the stage l forestry clearance Not applicable along with the latest status shall be submitted. iv The projects to be located within 10 km of the National parks , Sanctuaries, Biosphere Reserves , Migratory Corridors of Wild Animals , the project Proponent shall submit the map duly authenticated by Not applicable Chief Wildlife Warden showing these features vis – a - vis the project location and the recommendations or comments of the chief Wildlife Warden – thereon . v. Wildlife Conservation plan duly authenticated by the chief Wildlife Warden of the State Government for conservation Not applicable of Schedule l fauna , if any exists in the study area . vi. Copy of application submitted for clearance under the Wildlife (Protection Not applicable )Act 1972, to the Standing Committee of the National Board for Wildlife . 6 Environmental status i. Determination of atmospheric inversion Due to polar tropopause, ground inversion is level at the project site and site – specific common in north of 200N after sunset and micro – meteorological date using after sunrise. The lapse rate is least (4oC km- temperature , relative humidity , hourly 1) at 850 mb and 700 mb. However, the 24 wind speed and direction and rainfall. hrs windrose includes all the stability clauses and depict the possibility of inversion if any. The lapse rate in the entire north western India is governed by Siberian High and influencing factors are upper air quality. Only Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 39

SN Description Compliance in the Draft EIA Report TOR Conditions IMD Pune has the facility to do so. Site - Specific Micro Meteorological data (Temperature, Relative Humidity, Hourly Wind Speed and Direction, Rainfall) were collected during winter season (January 2018 to March 2018) has been given in table section 3.2 of chapter -3 ii. AAQ date (except monsoon ) at 8 location  One – season data (January 2018 to March for PM10, PM25, SO2, NOX, CO and other 2018) has been generated & collected. Parameters relevant to the project shall be  AAQ data includes PM10, PM2.5, NOX, collected .The monitoring stations shall be SO2, CO and other parameters relevant to based CPCB guidelines and take into the project were generated. account the pre – dominant wind direction  The monitoring stations were selected , population zone and sensitive receptors taking into account the dominant wind including reserved forest . direction, population zone and sensitive receptors etc. The monitoring station selected is as described in Table 3.2 of chapter-3. iii. Raw date of all AAQ measurement for 12 weeks of all stations as per frequency given in the NAQQM Notification of Nov. 2009 along with – min., max ., average Shown in Annexure II and 98% values for each of the AAQ parameters from date of all AAQ stations should be provided as an annexure to the EIA Report . iv Surface water quality of nearby River Ten surface water samples were collected as (60m upstream and downstream) and other grab samples and were analyzed for various surface drains at eight locations as per parameters as per CPCB/ MoEF&CC CPCB/MOEF & CC guidelines. guidelines. The monitoring locations has been given in Table 3.8 and the analysis has been given in Table 3.9(A) & 3.9(B)of EIA/ EMP report. The same has been enclosed as Annexure – II. v. Whether the site falls near to polluted stretch of river identified by the No CPCB/MOEF&CC. vi. Ground water monitoring at minimum at 8 Ten locations of ground water samples have locations shall be included. been analysed for various parameters as per CPCB/ MoEF&CC guidelines. The monitoring locations have been given in Table 3.6 and the analysis has been given in Chapter-3, Table No. – 3.7(A) & 3.7(B) of Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 40

SN Description Compliance in the Draft EIA Report TOR Conditions EIA/ EMP report. The same has been enclosed as Annexure – II. vii. Noise levels monitoring at 8 locations Noise level monitoring was carried out at 8 within the study area. locations within the study area as per CPCB/ MoEF&CC guidelines. The analysis has been given in chapter-3, Section – 3.7, Table No. – 3.4 of EIA/ EMP report. The same has been enclosed as Annexure –II. viii Soil Characteristic as per CPCB Soil sampling was carried out for 2 locations guidelines. within the study area. The analysis has been given in Chapter-3, Table No. – 3.11 of EIA/ EMP report. The same has been enclosed as Annexure – II ix. Traffic study of the area, type of vehicles, frequency of vehicles for transportation of Addressed in Chapter 3 in section 3.11 materials, additional traffic due to proposed project, parking arrangement etc. x. Detailed description of flora and fauna (terrestrial and aquatic) existing in the study area shall be given with special The study of flora and fauna (terrestrial and reference to rare , endemic and endangered aquatic) existing in the study area has been species . If Schedule – I fauna are found given in Chapter-3, Section -3.9 of EIA/ EMP within the study area, a Wildlife report. Conservation plan shall be prepared and furnished .

xi. Socio – economic status of the study area . Socio-Economic status of the study area has been given in Chapter-3, Section – 3.10 of EIA/ EMP report. 7 Impact Assessment and Environment Management plan i. Assessment of ground level concentration of pollutants from the stack emission based on site – specific meteorological features. In case the project is located on a hilly terrain, the AQIP Modelling shall be done using input of the specific terrain Addressed in chapter 4 characteristics for determining the potential impacts of the project on the AAQ. Cumulative impact of all sources of emission (including transportation) on the AAQ of the area shall be well assessed. Details of the model used and the input

Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 41

SN Description Compliance in the Draft EIA Report TOR Conditions data used for modelling shall also be provided. The air quality contours shall be plotted on a location map showing the location of project site, habitation nearby, sensitive receptors, if any. ii. Water Quality modelling – in case , if the effluent is study should be conducted for the drain water taking into consideration Not applicable the upstream and downstream quality of water of the drain . iii. Impact of the transport of the raw materials and end products on the surrounding environment shall be assessed and provided. In this regard, options for transport of raw materials and finished Addressed in chapter 4 products and wastes (large quantities) by rail or rail – cum road transport or conveyor – cum – rail transport shall be examined. iv A note on treatment of wastewater from The manufacturing process will consume different plant operations, extent recycled around 2.1KLD water will be required. and reused for different purposes shall be Around 0.7KL waste water is expected to be included, Complete scheme of effluent generated as effluent which will be treated in treatment, Characteristics of untreated and ETP. Around 0.6KL treated effluent per day treated effluent to meet the prescribed is expected to be generated which will be standards of discharge under E(p)Rules . used for gardening purpose. So there will be no discharge of waste water. Details of Effluent treatment process is addressed in chapter 4 in point 4.3.2 v. Details of stack emission and action plan Air quality impact is envisaged due to for control of emissions to meet standards. operation of proposed 1 TPH boilers (using Coal) Unit. Hence, Particulate Matter (PM) and Sulphur Dioxide (SO2) are expected as pollutants from operations. Addressed in chapter 4 , Section 4.3.1 vi. Measures for fugitive emission control. Bag filter is proposed as air pollution control measures to proposed boilers. Also, stacks of adequate height i.e. 30 m are proposed attached to boilers to disperse flue gases. vii. Details of hazardous waste generation and ETP Sludge – 5 Kg/Month; Disposed to their storage, utilization and disposal TSDF site. .Copies of MOU regarding utilization of Used Oil/Spent Oil – 15Lit/Year; Sold to solid and hazardous waste shall also be registered pre-processor included. EMP shall include the concept of Bags – 50 nos./Day; Sold to registered Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 42

SN Description Compliance in the Draft EIA Report TOR Conditions waste – minimization, recycle/ reuse/ recycler recover techniques, Energy conservation, and natural resource conservation. Details are addressed in Section 4.4 of Chapter 4 of the EIA/EMP report. viii Proper utilization of fly ash shall be ensured as per Fly Ash Notification , 2009 Not applicable . A detailed plan of action shall be provided. ix. Action plan for the green belt development plan in 33% area i.e. land with not less than 1,500 trees per ha. Giving details of The proposed green belt will be developed on species, width of plantation , planning an area of 454.12 sq m of land which is about schedule etc . shall be included. The green 34% of the entire project area. Details are belt shall be around the project boundary addressed in chapter 9 in section 9.6.4. of the and a scheme for greening of the roads EIA/EMP report. used for the project shall also be incorporated. x. Action plan for rainwater harvesting measures at plan site shall be submitted to harvest rainwater from the roof tops and storm water drains to recharge the ground water and also to use tops and storm water Addressed in chapter 9 in section 9.6.5 drains to recharge the ground water and also to used for the various activities at the project site to conserve fresh water and reduce the water requirement from other sources. xi. Total capital cost and recurring cost/annum for environmental pollution Addressed in Chapter 9, Table 9.7 control measures shall be included. Amount in No. Particulars INR, Lakhs One Time Installation Cost (Capital Cost) 1 Air Pollution Control System 6.50 2 Noise Control System 2.0 3 Green Belt Development 0.50 4 Environment Monitoring and Management 2.5 5 Water Pollution Control System – ETP/STP 8.40 6 Occupational Health & Safety 1.0 Total 20.9

Recurring Cost 1 Environmental Monitoring 2.0

Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 43

SN Description Compliance in the Draft EIA Report TOR Conditions 2 General Maintenance of ETP 3.25 3 Greenbelt maintenance 0.25 4 Noise Pollution Control 0.10 5 Occupational Health 0.20 Total 5.8

xii. Action plan for post – project Addressed in chapter 6 in table 6.1 of the environmental monitoring shall be EIA/EMP report. submitted. xiii Onsite and offsite Disaster (natural and . Man – made) preparedness and Emergency Management plan including Risk Addressed in chapter 7 of the EIA/EMP Assessment and damage control. Disaster report. management plan should be linked with District Disaster Management plan . 8 Occupational health i. Plan and fund allocation to ensure the Addressed in Chapter 9 in Section 9.7.6. occupational health & safety of all contract Proposed Occupational Health & Safety and casual workers. policy attached as Annexure V ii. Details of exposure specific health status evaluation of worker , If the workers health is being evaluated by pre – designed format , chest x rays , Audiometry , Spirometry , Vision testing (Far & Near vision , colour vision and any other ocular defect) ECG, during pre- placement and periodical examinations give the details of the same . Details regarding last Month analysed data of abovementioned of the parameters as per age ,sex, duration of exposure and department Wise . NA iii. Details of existing Occupational & Safety Hazards . What are the exposure levels of above mentioned hazards and whether they are within Permissible Exposure level (PEL). If these are not within PEL ,what measures the company has adopted to keep them within PEL so that health of the workers can be preserved .

iv. Annual report of health status of workers with special reference to Occupational Health and Safety . 9 Corporate Environment Policy

Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 44

SN Description Compliance in the Draft EIA Report TOR Conditions i. Does the company have a well laid down Environment policy approved by its Board of Directors ? It so, it may be detailed in the EIA report. ii. Does the Environment policy Prescribe for standard operating process procedures to bring into focus any infringement / deviation /violation of the environmental or forest norms/ conditions? If so , it may be detailed in the EIA . iii. What is the hierarchical system or Addressed in Section 9.4 of chapter 9 of the Administrative order of the company to EIA/EMP Report deal with the environmental issues and for ensuring compliance with the environmental clearance conditions? Details of this system may be given. iv Does the company have system of reporting of non – compliance / violations of environmental norms to the Board of Directors of the company and / or shareholders or stakeholders at large ? This reporting mechanism shall be detailed in the EIA report. 10 Details regarding infrastructure facilities such as sanitation, fuel, restroom etc. To be provided to Addressed in Section 9.5 of Chapter 9 of the the labour force during construction as well as to EIA/EMP report. the casual workers including truck drivers during operation phase . 11 Enterprise Social Commitment (ESC) Adequate funds (at least 2.5% of the project cost) shall be earmarked towards the Enterprise Social Commitment based on Public Hearing issues and item wise details along with time Addressed in chapter 4 in section 4.6 bound action plan shall be included, Socio- economic development activities nedd to be elaborated upon. 12 Any litigation pending against the project and / or any direction / order passed by any court of Law against the project , if so , details thereof shall also be included. Has the unit received any Not applicable notice under the section 5 of Environment (protection) Act. 1986 or relevant sections of Air and Water Acts? If so, details thereof and Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 45

SN Description Compliance in the Draft EIA Report TOR Conditions compliance / ATR to the notice (s) and present status of the case. 13 A tabular chart with index for point wise Addressed in Chapter 1 in section 1.6 compliance of above TOR

B. Specific Terms of Reference 1 Details on solvents to be used, measures for Not Applicable solvent recovery and for emissions control. 2 Details of process emissions from the proposed The main source of air pollution will be the unit and its arrangements to control. flue gas from Vertical Boiler (1 MT/hr) and D.G Set (50 kVA) contains PM, SO2 and NOx as air pollutants. It will be managed through Cyclone Separator, Induced draft fan and adequate stack height will be given as per CPCB norms. 3 Ambient air quality data should include VOC, Complied other process specific pollutants like NH3, Chlorine, HCL, HP.r, H2s, HF etc. (as applicable) 4 Work zone monitoring arrangement for Addressed in Chapter 6 of the EIA/EMP hazardous chemicals. report 5 Detailed effluent treatment scheme including Addressed in Section 10.7.2 of Chapter 10 of segregation of effluent streams for units adopting the EIA/EMP report. “Zero‟ liquid discharge. 6 Action Plan for odour control to be submitted. Air Ventilation System provided in the factory shade to mitigate the odour pollution. 7 A copy of the Memorandum of Understanding Not applicable signed with cement manufacturers indicating clearly that they co-process organic solid/hazardous waste generated. 8 Authorization/Membership for disposal of liquid Project Proponent will apply for TSDF effluent in CETP and soild/hazardous waste in membership TSDF, if any. 9 Action plan for utilization of MEE/dryers salts. Not applicable 10 Material Safety Data sheet for all the Chemicals Given as Annexure VI are being used/will be used. 11 Authorization/Membership for the disposal of Project Proponent will apply for TSDF solid/hazardous waste in TSDF membership 12 Details of incinerator if to be installed. Not applicable 13 Risk assessment for storage and handling of Addressed in chapter 7 hazardous chemicals/solvents. Action plan for handling & safety system to be incorporated. 14 Arrangements for ensuring health and safety of Addressed in Section 9.5 of Chapter 9 of the workers engaged in handling of toxic materials. EIA/EMP report. Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 46

CHAPTER 2 - PROJECT DESCRIPTION

2.1. Introduction

M/s Sarara Chemicals is a proprietorship concern having its office at Village Kuakandar; Mouza & P.O. Bhajanpur; P.S. Khoribari; Dist. Darjeeling.

The proprietor of the firm is Smt. Rekha Agarwal, wife of Sri Ashok Kumar Agarwal, is resident of Gitanjali Complex, Behind Corporation Bank, 2nd Mile, Sevoke Road, Siliguri, Dist. Jalpaiguri – 734001, The proprietor of the firm is from highly reputed business family of Siliguri having wide business experience.

M/s Sarara Chemicals is planning to install a plant for production of Synthetic Resin with a capacity of 5400 MTPA, in the land of 1335.45m2 at R.S. Plot No 200; L.R. Plot No 481; Mouza – Bhajanpur; Village – Kuakandar; Dist – Darjeeling, West Bengal.

Because of high market demand, the project proponent is willing to produce two types of synthetic resin i.e. Urea-Formaldehyde Resin (U-F Resin) and Phenol-Formaldehyde Resin (P- F Resin). The production capacity of the two types of resins will be 3780 MTPA and 1620 MTPA respectively.

2.2. Project Location

M/s. Sarara Chemicals is located at R.S Plot no 200; L.R plot no 481; Mouza Bhajanpur; Village Kuakandar; Dist Darjeeling. The geographical location and Environmental Setting of the project is as mentioned in Table 2.1. The industry has following favourable conditions of the proposed unit:

 Vicinity to Market  Availability of Land Area  Availability of Water supply  Availability of Local Labour  Availability of Power  Well developed Transport Infrastructure

The Location map is shown below in Fig 2.2 and connectivity maps has been shown in Fig 2.1A to Fig 2.1C. Google image of the project is shown in Fig 2.3.

Table 2.1: Geographical Location and Environmental Setting of the Project SN Component Description 1 Plant Location R.S. Plot No 200; L.R. Plot No 481; Mouza – Bhajanpur; Village – Kuakandar; Dist – Darjeeling. 2 Site Coordinates Centre Point : 26° 32‟ 6.5574”N 88° 09‟ 0.1938”E

Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 47

SN Component Description Coordinates of all four corners: Point Coordinates A 26°32'7.06"N 88° 8'59.69"E B 26°32'7.12"N 88° 9'1.16"E C 26°32'5.83"N 88° 9'0.90"E D 26°32'6.05"N 88° 8'59.47"E

3 Village/Tehsil/District/State Kuakandar / Khoribari/Darjeeling / West Bengal 4 Climatic conditions at Bagdogra IMD station (2017) 5 Maximum temperature 31oC 6 Minimum temperature 11oC 7 Annual rainfall (total) 3430 mm 8 Predominant wind directions North, North East 9 Plant site elevation above MSL 86 m 10 Present land use at the site Land use pattern is industrial 11 Nearest highway NH 327 -160 m(E) 12 Nearest Railway Station Rangapani : 38 km (Road Distance) New Jalpaiguri : 39.8 km (Road Distance) 13 Nearest Airport Bagdogra Airport : 27.8 km (Road Distance)

14 Nearest major water bodies Machi River – 4.6 km, Swarnamati River – 1 km

15 Nearest town/City Siliguri: 39km(Road Distance)

16 Nearest village Kuakandar

17 Protected areas as per Wildlife Not Available within 10 km Protection Act, 1972 (Tiger reserve, Elephant reserve, Biospheres, National parks, Wildlife sanctuaries, community reserves and conservation reserves)

Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 48

SN Component Description 18 Reserved / Protected Forests Not Available within 10 km 19 Defence Installations Not Available within 10 km 20 Industries Within 10 Km radius 1. Surya Ply Industries Pvt. Ltd. – 5.5 km (WNW). 2. Dakshinkali Plastic Industries Pvt. Ltd. – 7.3 km (WNW). 3. Parajuli Tea Industries Pvt. Ltd. – 7.7 (NW). 4. Modern Tea Industries Pvt. Ltd . – 8.2 km (W)

The break-up of the plot area is as mentioned below:

Table 2.2: Plot Break-Up Details Area S.N. Description % Utilization (SQM) 1 Total Plot Area 1335.45 100 2 Ground Coverage 387.36 29 4 Parking Area 133.45 10 5 Vacant Land 360.52 27 6 Green Area 454.12 34

Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 49

Figure 2.1A: Connectivity Map for Nearest Railway Station

Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 50

Figure 2.1B: Connectivity Map for Nearest Airport

Figure 2.1C: Connectivity Map for Nearest Town/City

Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 51

Project Site

Figure 2.2(A): Location Map

Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 52

Figure 2.2 (B): 10 Km radius Toposheet of the Project Location

Figure 2.3: Google Earth Image

2.3. Topography

The topography of the project site is relatively flat. The soil is moderately alluvial. Loamy sand is predominant. The soil structure can be described as neither granular nor angular.

Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 53

Mechi river and Swarnamati river the major river flowing close to the project site. It originates from the Himalayas and are perennial in nature, being fed by the melting snow of the glaciers.

The proposed project is located in Seismic Zone IV as per IS: 1893 and all designs will be as per IS Codes.

2.4. Land Use Pattern

The land area for the proposed project is located at R.S. Plot No 200; L.R. Plot No 481; Mouza – Bhajanpur; Village – Kuakandar; Dist – Darjeeling, West Bengal. It was a barren land and only temporary sheds have been constructed. Hence, no change in land use is envisaged.

2.5. Land Breakup

The total land area is 1335.45 sqm. The break-up of the plot area is as mentioned below:

Table 2.3: Plot Break-Up Details Area S.N. Description % Utilization (SQM) 1 Ground Coverage 387.36 29

2 Parking Area 133.45 10

3 Vacant Land 360.52 27

4 Green Area 454.12 34

Total Plot Area 1335.45 100

The layout plan is shown in Figure 2.4.

Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 54

Area % Description (SQM) Utilization Ground 387.36 29 Coverage Parking 133.45 10 Area Vacant 360.52 27 Land Green Area 454.12 34

Total Plot 1335. 100 Area 45

ETP

Road Width 9150 mm

Entry/Exit

Figure 2.4: Schematic Plant Layout

Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 55

2.6. Site Alternatives

It was our endeavor to strike such a balance that the environmentally best should also have acceptability commercially. Study of many existing units brought out an interesting point that they are required to haul raw materials from long distances to keep it running. This ends up in delays and vehicle pollution. In this unit the process flow-sheet is so kept to get an advantage that the requirement is fulfilled by quick haulage.

Site selection was guided by many factors like infrastructure, availability of land, water sources, fuel transportation, power availability etc. Specific site selection criteria for the proposed project are given below;

 Plant site is only 40 km away from town Siliguri which is well connected by road and rail to rest of India as well as neighboring country like Nepal.

 All basic facilities like availability of water, electricity, transport, communication system and other infrastructure facilities are available

 There is no protected area notified under the Wild Life (Protection) Act (1972) & Eco- sensitive area notified under Section 3 of the Environment (Protection) Act- 1986 or prime forestland exists within 10 Km radius areas from the Plant Site.

 Availability of trained and skilled manpower nearby because of the proximity to various city/town

With all this consideration, this site was ranked first and adopted. The site layout is fixed on this land of 1335.45 sq m. For greenery 454.12 sq m area which is around 34% of the total plot area is earmarked.

2.7. Justification of Proposed Production

Urea Formaldehyde and related amino resins are considered a class of thermosetting resins of which urea-formaldehyde resins make up 80% produced globally. Examples of amino resins use include in automobile tires to improve the bonding of rubber to tire cord, in paper for improving tear strength, in moulding electrical devices, jar caps, etc.

Phenol Formaldehyde Resins (PF) or Phenolic Resins are synthetic polymers obtained by the reaction of phenol or substituted phenol with formaldehyde. Used as the basis for Bakelite, PFs were the first commercial synthetic resins (plastics). They have been widely used for the production of molded products including billiard balls, laboratory countertops, and as coatings and adhesives. They were at one time the primary material used for the production of circuit boards but have been largely replaced with epoxy resins and fibreglass cloth, as with fire- resistant FR-4 circuit board materials.

2.8. Product Profile

The plant is proposed to design for the production of U-F Resin and P-F Resin. The plant and machinery have been designed with required specification considering volume of reaction, Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 56

material of construction and are located at appropriate positions. Adequate ventilation, air conditioning and Air Filtration systems have been planned to prevent environmental hazards. The leading product may be as stated in Table 2.4.

Table 2.4: Proposed Production Capacity Production Production Mode of Name of the Storage Sl Capacity Capacity Capacity Storage product (MT/Month) (MT/Annum) (MT) Urea-Formaldehyde 1 315 3780 88.2 PVC Tank Resin Phenol- 2 135 1620 37.8 PVC Tank Formaldehyde Resin Total 450 5400 126

2.9. Raw Materials

Following raw materials are required for proposed products as mentioned in Table 2.5. The properties of the Raw materials, quantity required and mode of storage & transport are mentioned in Table 2.5. Details & MSDS of Hazardous Raw Materials Required are provided in Table 2.6.

Table 2.5: Chemical Name, Physical Form and Required Quantity & Mode of Storage of Raw Materials Chemical Quantity Quantity Maximum Mode Sr. Name of Mode of Name (MT/ (MT State Source Storage of No. Chemicals Transport Month) /Day) MT Storage 1 Formaldehyde Formaldehyde 313 12.5 Liquid Imported Shipment / 125 HDPE (37%) / Local Truck Tank

2 Phenol Carbolic Acid 43 1.7 Liquid Imported Shipment / 17 HDPE / Local Truck Drum 3 Industrial Urea Carbonyl 88 3.5 Solid Local 35 Woven Road diamide PP Bag 4 Caustic Soda Sodium 2.5 0.1 Solid Local 10 Woven Road Hydroxide PP Bag 5 Acetic Acid Acetic Acid 0.16 0.006 Liquid Local 0.16 HDPE Road Drum 6 Yellow -- 0.05 0.002 Solid Local 0.5 Woven Dextrin PP Bag Powder/ Road Maize Starch White

Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 57

Table 2.6: Details & MSDS of Hazardous Raw Materials Required Sl Full name Physical Max. Main properties (refer MSDS) Flammability Of the raw Phase Storage materials and (kg) B.P F.P LD50 Specific IDLH Vapour quantity in °C °C Mg/kg Gravity density MT/Month (water=1) (air=1) 1 Formalin Liquid 313200 98 140 100 1.08 NA 1.03 Flammable

2. Industrial Urea Solid 88200 132.7 NA 8471 1.323 NA 2.07 Non Flammable 3. Phenol Liquid 43200 182 85 140 1.057 3.24 Non Flammable

4. Caustic Soda Solid 2302 1388 NA NA 2.13 NA NA Non Flammable

50 5. Acetic Acid Liquid 106 118.1 109.4 3310 1.049 2.07 Flammable ppm

Yellow Dextrin 6. Powder / Maize Solid 500 Non Flammable Starch White

2.10. Manufacturing Process

The project proponent is willing to install a unit for the production of two types of synthetic resin i.e. Urea-Formaldehyde Resin (U-F Resin) and Phenol-Formaldehyde Resin (P-F Resin). The production capacity of the two types of resins will be 3780 MTPA and 1620 MTPA respectively.The unit will run in four batch per day basis. Two numbers of Resin kettle with capacity of 5 MT and 4 MT respectively and a vertical boiler with size 8‟X4‟ with all accessories and stack of 0.4m dia and 30m height and capacity of 1MT/hr are proposed to be installed. Other than the plant machineries, for storage of formalin and other liquid raw materials, 16 no of PVC tank with capacity 5000Ltrs each are going to be placed on the storage area. One number of PVC water storage tank with 3000Ltrs capacity is also going to be placed with mounting stand.

A brief description comprising of manufacturing process along with mass balance of the Product is mentioned herewith as follows:

2.10.1. Urea Formaldehyde Resin:

Urea formaldehyde resins are poly-condensation products of the reaction of formaldehyde with urea. The relatively easy production of UF resins, their good solubility in water and absence of colour, make these thermosetting polymers irreplaceable in the manufacture of many wood based products. Due to the low resistance to humidity of UF resins, the wood products are suitable for interior use in dry condition. The specifications of the resin product such as the molar ratio of formaldehyde to urea, solid content, viscosity etc. are adjusted as per requirement. The manufacturing process diagram is depicted in figure 3.1.

2.10.1.1. Manufacturing Process:

The process for the preparation of Urea-Formaldehyde Synthetic Resins comprises:

Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 58

 The UF resin is prepared by reacting Urea with Formaldehyde in a molar ratio of approximately 1: 2to3 at pH 6 – 11.The aqueous Formaldehyde solution should contain more than 50% by weight of Formaldehyde. Urea reacts with Formaldehyde under neutral or alkaline condition to yield Monomethylol Urea, Symmetrical Dimethylol Urea and Trimethylol Urea depending on nature of reactant.  The resinification process for UF occurs in main stages, addition/ Methylolation and condensation.  In the Methylolation step Urea and Formaldehyde are reacted under controlled conditions using an alkaline catalyst. Typically the Methylolation step is carried out with adjustment of temperature at 80°C and pH 6 to 11. The Mythylolation stage usually results in a mixture of Mythylolated species, Monomethylol Urea, Symmetrical Dimethylol Urea and Trimethylol Urea.  This mono and Dimethylol urea may be regarded as the monomer of the urea- formaldehyde resin.  In the second stage these methylol urea products undergo condensation to form low molecular weight polymers. The rate of reaction depends on pH. pH is adjusted in 0.5 to 3.5 by using acid. Acid catalyses the reaction in the following ways:  Formation of Methylene Bridge in amino nitrogen facilities in acidic medium  Methylene ether linkages can also be formed in acidic medium  Two types of acid materials can be used, which are classified as direct catalysts & latent catalysts.  Direct catalysts are inorganic and organic acids, acid salts. They are effective at all temperatures. The latent catalysts are salts and esters which develop acidity upon heating.  The solution is refluxed at temperature around 80°C.  The condensation reaction proceeds to a predetermined end point and the resin intermediate is cooled at 45°C.  At this state the reaction is arrested by raising the pH of the resin at about 6.5 to 9 and cooled to the ambient temperature by circulating water in jacket and discharged from the vessel.

2.10.1.2 Chemical Reaction

Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 59

2.10.1.3. Process Flow Diagram:

Urea Heating Reactor Vessel 80°C Formalin Condenser At Atmospheric Cooling Catalyst Pressure

Water Circulation in Jacket

Mixing of Raw Materials

Digestion Temp. Rise up to 80°C Digestion time 2 – 3 hr Exothermic Reaction Start

Product Testing

Urea Formaldehyde Resin

Packing

Storage of UF Resin Dispatch

Figure 2.5: Process Flow Diagram of U-F Resin

2.10.1.4 Material Balance for U-F Resin Production:

Table 2.7: Material Balance for U-F Resin Production Input of Raw materials Quantity Output Quantity (Kg) (Kg) Industrial Urea 1400 UF Resin 5000 Formalin 3600 Process Loss 7 Caustic Soda 2.5 Acetic Acid 2.5 Yellow dextrin Powder or Maize 2 Starch White Total 5007 Total 5007

Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 60

2.10.2 Phenol Formaldehyde Resin:

Phenol-Formaldehyde Resin, as a group is formed by a step-growth polymerization reaction and an exothermic one. It is controlled by a batch reactor as the viscosity of the material changes rapidly. Since formaldehyde exists predominantly in the solution as a dynamic equilibrium of Methylene Glycol Oligomers, the concentration of the reactive form of formaldehyde depends on temperature and pH. The manufacturing process diagram is depicted in figure 3.2.

2.10.2.1 Manufacturing Process:

The process for the preparation of Phenol-Formaldehyde Synthetic Resins comprises:

 A typical phenolic-resin is produced by a batch process in a jacketed autoclave, which is also termed as a resin kettle.  Molten phenol, formaldehyde in 1:2 ratio and the costic soda is added to the resin kettle and mixed properly. The mixture is then heated with steam (Temp – 80 – 100°C).  The temperature is controlled by removing the excess heat by water cooling and refluxing.  At the initial stage of reaction, the heavy viscous resin settles as the bottom layer with an aqueous layer on top.  A combination of heat and vacuum aids the reaction mixture dehydration process.  When the temperature reaches 130 – 150°C, the resin fuses and is removed from the kettle/ autoclave.

2.10.2.2 Chemical Reaction

Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 61

2.10.2.3 Process Flow Diagram:

Phenol Steam Heating Reactor Vessel 80° - 100°C Formalin

Cooling Catalyst At Atmospheric Pressure

Water Circulation in Jacket

Mixing of Raw Materials

Digestion Refluxing Exothermic Reaction Start

Initial Stage Heavy Viscous Resin Formation at Bottom Layer

Dehydration of Resin Heat Vaccum Mixture

Temperature Product Dispatch 130° - 150°C Phenol Formaldehyde

Resin

Figure 2.6: Process Flow Diagram of P-F Resin

2.10.2.4 Material Balance for P-F Resin Production:

Table 2.8: Material Balance for P-F Resin Production Input of Raw materials Quantity Output Quantity (Kg) (Kg) Phenol 1600 PF Resin 5000 Formalin 3200 Process Loss 30 Caustic Soda 80 Water 150 Total 5030 Total 5030

Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 62

2.11. Resource Requirements Projects

Component of the project includes all facilities and requirement for the operation of the project which are summarized below.

 Resource Requirement: Land, Raw materials, Water, Power, Fuel, Man power etc.  Utility requirement: Boiler, Resin kettle, D.G. set etc.  Treatment Facilities: Wastewater source & treatment facilities: Includes ETP diagram, Air pollution source & control facilities, Noise pollution source & control facilities, waste source & management facilities: Includes waste types and disposal strategies.

2.11.1 Land

The total land, purchased for the proposed project is 1335.45sqm which is located at R.S. Plot No 200; L.R. Plot No 481; Mouza – Bhajanpur; Village – Kuakandar; Dist – Darjeeling, West Bengal. Out of the total land 387.36sqm (29%) will be used for manufacturing and storage shed, office building etc; 133.45sqm (10%) will be marked as parking area; Greenary will be developed on 454.12sqm (34%) land and rest 360.52sqm (27%) will be kept as vacant land for future expansion

2.11.2 Raw materials

The details of raw material required are tabulated below.

Table 2.9: Raw Material Details Sl Raw materials Form Quantity Source Mode of (MT/Month) Transport 1 Formalin Liquid 313.2 Imported/Local Shipment / Truck 2 Industrial Urea Solid 88.2 Local Road 3 Phenol Liquid 43.2 Imported/Local Shipment / Truck 4 Caustic Soda Solid 2.32 Local Road 5 Acetic Acid Liquid 0.16 Local Road 6 Yellow Dextrin Powder / Maize Solid 0.05 Local Road Starch White

2.11.3 Water

The total fresh water requirement will be around 4.6KL per day, out of which 1.1KL will be used for domestic purpose from where around 0.9KL sewage water will be generated which will be flowed to septic tank followed by soak pit. For industrial use, around 2.1KL water will be required out of which 0.2KL will be used in production process of PF-Resin, 0.7KL will be used in boiler, 0.5KL will be required for cooling water makeup and around 0.7KL will be used for kettle and floor washing. Around 0.7KL waste water is expected to be generated as effluent which will be treated in ETP. Around 0.6 KL treated effluent per day is expected to be

Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 63

generated which will be used for gardening purpose. So there will be no discharge of waste water. A water balance diagram is depicted in Fig 2.7.

Table 2.10: Water Balance of Proposed Project No. Particular Water Consumption Input Waste water KLD generation Effluent KLD 1 Domestic 1.1 0.9 (to soak pit) 2 Industrial 2.1 Process 0.2 -- 2.2 Boiler 0.7 -- 2.3 Cooling Makeup 0.50 -

2.4 Kettle & Floor Washing 0.7 0.7 Total Industrial 2.1 0.7 3 Greenbelt 2 (1.4 Fresh water + 0.6 -- Treated Water) Total (1+2+3) 4.6 0.7 Source of Water Ground water

Intake 4.6 KLD

Domestic 1.1 KLD Gardening 2 KLD Industrial 2.1 KLD (Fresh Water – 1.4 KLD & Treated Water – 0.6 KLD)

Sewage 0.9 KLD

Process Boiler Cooling Kettle & Floor Septic Tank Followed 0.2 KLD 0.7 KLD Makeup Wash 0.7 KLD

by Soak Pit 0.5 KLD 0.6 KLD Treated Water Treated KLD 0.6 Treated ETP Effluent 0.7 KLD Water 0.6 KLD

Figure 2.7: Schematic Diagram of Water Balance

Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 64

2.11.4 Power

Total Power requirement for the proposed project will be about 48kVA in double shift basis of 8hours each, for 300 days per annum. The power will be supplied from WBSEDCL. Additionally a D.G. set of 50 kVA will be used in case of emergency or power failure. Diesel will be used as a fuel for D.G. set.

2.11.5 Fuel

The proposed unit there is a fuel requirement for the D.G. set. The unit will use Diesel as a fuel in to the D.G. Set (50 kVA), which will be used as an alternate/stand-by power source. The unit will use coal as a fuel in the vertical boiler. The details of fuel consumption are given hereunder in Table 2.11. Table 2.11: Details of Fuel Requirement Sr. No. Fuel Used in Fuel Consumption 1 Coal Vertical Boiler 200 Kg/Hr 2 Diesel D.G. Sets (50 kVA) 8 L/Hr

2.11.6 Man Power

M/s. Sarara Chemicals will generate employment of around 16 full time employees for operations and administration purpose. The local population will be given preference for employment as per their qualifications; this will improve their living standards and livelihood.

2.11.7 Utility requirement

The proposed utility facilities are tabulated below.

Table 2.12: List of proposed utilities Sl No. Type of utility Specification Quantity 1 Vertical Boiler Size 8‟X4‟ with all accessories and stack of 0.4m 1 dia and 30m height; Capacity 1MT/hr 2 Resin Kettle Capacity 5 tonne 1 3 Resin Kettle Capacity 4 tonne 1 4 DG Set Make – Mahindra Capacity 50kVA 1

2.11.8 Treatment facilities

2.11.8.1 Waste water

The waste water will be around 700 L/D generated from kettle washing and floor washing will be sent to ETP for treatment. The flow diagram of the treatment process is depicted below in Fig.2.8

Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 65

Fig 2.8: ETP Diagram

The characteristics of untreated effluent treated effluent are as below.

Table 2.13: Detail of ETP Parameters Influent Effluent Discharge S.N. Parameters Treated effluent Stream Standards 1 pH 3.88 7.5 to 8.0 7.5 to 8.0 2 TSS 412mg/L < 100 mg / lit. < 100 mg / lit. 3 BOD 1468 mg/L <100 mg / lit. <100 mg / lit. 4 COD 3286 mg/L <250 mg / lit. <250 mg / lit. 5 TDS 2510 mg/L <2100 mg / lit. <2100 mg / lit. 6 Oil and Grease 50 mg/L <10 mg / lit. <10 mg / lit.

Recommended Treatment Process

To treat the wastewater the effluent will be collected in an equalizer tank through screen. It will be then taken to mixing cum primary sedimentation tank, where Lime solution (20gm/L) and Alum (4gm/L) or Polyelectrolyte will be dozed for flocculation and sedimentation. The sludge from the primary sedimentation tank will be taken to sludge bed. The treated water from primary sedimentation tank will be pH corrected, where acid will be dosed to get a neutral pH. The wastewater will then to be aerated for 10 hrs with nutrients and to be settled for another 10 hrs. The effluent is then to be passed through 3 nos. activated carbon columns. The water will then to be chlorinated. The treated water from tank will be discharged or reused.

The dry sludge will be stored after collection from the sludge bed.

Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 66

2.11.8.2 Air pollution

The main source of air pollution will be the flue gas from Vertical Boiler (1 MT/hr) and D.G

Set (50 kVA) contains PM, SO2 and NOX as air pollutants.

A. Flue Gas Emission

The common flue gas stack will be attached to the Vertical boiler (1MT/hr) which is operated by electricity. The emission outlet of heater will be connected to the proposed stack of 30m height.

The unit will also have one D. G. Set (50 kVA), which will be kept as a stand-by and used in case of main power failure. The Diesel will be used as fuel for the DG Set and adequate stack height of 2 m will been provided.

 Fugitive Emission

The main source of Fugitive Emission are filling, cleaning, purging, sampling, opening, pressure relief, emptying or draining of materials and from storage transfer and handling system are valve stems, flanges, connections and open ends, sampling points and pumps seals. The following precautions will be taken to control the fugitive emissions:

 Providing training to that personnel who will be deputed for chemical handling

 Display of Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) near all storage tanks

 Display of tanker loading standard operating procedures (SOPs) near tanker loading points

 Installation of an on line gas detection system, which gives alarms in case of leaks. The alarm to be set to levels below lower explosive limits of the concerned gases at the terminal.

 Provision of double mechanical seals within high pressure pumps, to avoid leaks

 Provision of storage tanks with breather valves set at pressures higher than the operating vapor pressure of the stored chemical.

 The containers will be kept in very tightly closed condition

 Joints of valve and pipes should be checked periodically

 Mechanical ventilation will be provided as air shall be cleaned and cooled before sending into the work room

In the proposed plant source of air pollution is particulate matter to be generated from the burning of 20kgs of coal per hour in boiler which is needed to be controlled before discharge into the atmosphere. To minimize the emission level it is suggested that a cyclone separator needs to be installed. The outlet of the cyclone separator will be connected to an induced draft

Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 67

fan and finally to the proposed stack of 30m height. The technical specifications of Pollution Control Devices are as follows:

Table 2.14: Technical Details of cyclone Capacity 5,000 m³/hr Type of separator cyclone Dust disposal arrangement Mechanical Type Rotary Air Lock Valve Gas Temperature 120° C Material MS

Table 2.15: Technical Details of Induced Draft Fan 5,000 m³/hr Capacity Static pressure 200mmwg Type of fan Centrifugal Material of casing / Impeller MS

The unit will also have one D. G. Set (50 kVA), which will be kept as a stand-by and used in case of main power failure. The Diesel will be used as fuel for the DG Set and adequate stack height of 2 m will be provided. Other source of emission to atmosphere will be from leakage of piping and equipments such as valves, flanges, pump seals, connections, and compressor seals open end lines and pressure relief valves. The emissions will not be visually observed but can be measured in relatively low concentration at each area of source.

2.11.8.3 Noise pollution

The only source of noise generation may be from the D.G. Set, which will be kept as standby and no other source of noise and vibration from the proposed manufacturing activity except Plant machineries. The adequate precautions will be taken for abatement of noise pollutions, which are as follows.

 The unit will install latest technology based low noise D.G. Set with acoustic enclosures.

 Proper and timely oiling, lubrication and preventive maintenance will be carried out for the machineries and equipments to reduce noise generation

 All the vibrating parts will be checked periodically and serviced to reduce the noise generation. The equipment, which generates excessive noise, will be provided with enclosures etc.

 To minimize the adverse effect on the health, Ear muffs/ earplugs will be provided to the working under high noise area

 To reduce the noise generation during the transportation activities; the vehicle will be periodically serviced and maintain as per the requirement of latest trend in automobile industry. Only those vehicles with PUC‟s will be allowed for the transportation

Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 68

 Green belt area will be developed to prevent the noise pollution outside the factory premises. It will be increased after proposed expansion

 Noise monitoring will be done regularly at different parts of the plant

 Steadily Non vibrating foundation on rubber pads, tree barriers, side cladding and machines kept centrally on plot

2.11.8.4 Waste management

A. Non-Hazardous Solid Waste:

Based on the above working, the summary of the non-hazardous waste is given below:

Table 2.16: Non-Hazardous Solid Waste Sl Waste Quantity Disposal No. 1 Dry Garbage 4 Kg/day Disposal to panchayat vat

2 Wet Garbage 6 Kg/day Disposal to panchayat vat

B. Hazardous Solid Waste:

The main source of hazardous waste generation from proposed activity is dried sludge from ETP and Evaporation residue.

The other source of hazardous waste generation from proposed activity are discarded containers/ Barrel / bags from storage and handling of raw materials and spent/used oil generation from plant machinery..

The unit will obtain membership of active Common Environmental Infrastructure TSDF at Haldia for proper disposal of hazardous waste. The unit has provided dedicated storage area for the hazardous waste storage within premises having impervious floor and roof cover system. The details of hazardous waste generation and handling / Management are given in Table 2.17.

Table 2.17: Details of Hazardous Waste generation and Disposal Types of Quantity Mode of Disposal Sr. No. Waste 5 Collection, Storage, Transportation, Disposal at 1. ETP Sludge Kg/Month TSDF site. Used oil/ spent 15 Collection, Storage, Transportation, Sell to 2 oil Lit/Year Registered Pre-processor 50 3 Bags Sold to Registered Recycler Nos./Day

Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 69

2.12. Project schedule

The commercial operation date (COD) is envisaged in twelve (12) months reckoned from the effective zero date.

2.13. Project cost estimate

Total cost of the project will be around 110.47 lacs. Budgetary break up is as follows:

Table 2.18: Break-up Cost of the Project Sl. Cost Particular No (Rs Lakhs) 1 Land & Land Development 13.50 2 Building & Civil Construction 44.0 3 Plant & Machinery 41.22 4 Electrical Installations 3.75 5 Miscellaneous Fixed Assets 2.40 6 Preliminary & Preoperative Expenses 2.45 7 Provision for Contingencies 3.15 Total 110.47

Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 70

CHAPTER 3 - BASELINE ENVIRONMENTAL STATUS

3.1. Introduction:

The EIA determines the environmental consequences of the project prior to construction, assess the impact on environment due to construction, on existing baseline environmental parameters and also importantly on land use and socio-economic parameters. Baseline study is an integral part of EIA study, as it helps to identify the environmental concerns already existing in that area. The entire baseline data has been collected through actual physical surveys and observations, literature surveys, interaction with locals, government agencies and departments.

This chapter describes the existing environmental settings in the study area. The purposes of describing the environmental settings of the study area are:

 To understand the project need and environmental characteristics of the area  To assess the existing environmental quality, as well as the environmental impacts due to the proposed development around the study area  To identify environmentally significant factors or geographical areas that could preclude any future development

This chapter describes the existing environmental status of the study area with reference to air, water, soil, meteorology, climate, hydro-geological, ecology and socio-economic profile of people in the study area. Primary data (air, water, soil and noise) was collected during January 2018 to March 2018 and the secondary data was collected for other attributes like meteorology, ecology, socio-economics, etc.

3.2. Meteorology

Darjeeling district has a temperate climate with wet summers caused by monsoon rains. The annual mean maximum temperature is 14.9 °C (58.8 °F) while the mean minimum temperature is 8.9 °C (48.0 °F), with monthly mean temperatures ranging from 6 to 18 °C (43 to 64 °F). The average annual precipitation is 309.2 cm (121.7 in), with an average of 126 days of rain in a year. The highest rainfall occurs in July. The heavy and concentrated rainfall that is experienced in the region, aggravated by deforestation and haphazard planning, often causes devastating landslides, leading to loss of life and property.

3.2.1. Micro-Meteorology of Study Area

The meteorological parameters play a vital role in transport and dispersion of pollutants in the atmosphere. The collection and analysis of meteorological data, therefore, is an essential component of environmental impact assessment studies. The long term and short term impact assessment could be made through utilization and interpretation of meteorological data collected over long and short periods.

Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 71

Monthly summary of meteorological data of the study area are given in the following table and the wind rose diagram prepared from data collected at site is shown in Figure 3.1 to 3.4

Table 3.1: Meteorological Data Recorded at study area Relative Humidity Wind Predominant Temperature, °C Month % Speed, m/s wind direction Min Max Min Max Mean January 2018 2.0 27.0 19 84 1.76 North North West February 2018 8.0 29.0 7 90 2.13 North North East March2018 12.0 34.0 6 68 2.89 North East

Figure 3.1: Wind Rose Diagram of Study Area (January 2018)

Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 72

Figure 3.2: Wind Rose Diagram of Study Area (February 2018)

Figure 3.3: Wind Rose Diagram of Study Area (March 2018)

Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 73

Figure 3.4: Wind Rose Diagram of Study Area (January 2018 to March 2018)

3.3. Air Quality

3.3.1 Methodology of Ambient Air Monitoring

PM10, PM2.5, Sulphur dioxide (SO2), Oxides of Nitrogen (NOX), NH3, O3 and CO were the major pollutants associated with project. The baseline status of the ambient air quality has been established through field monitoring data on PM10, PM2.5, Sulphur dioxide (SO2), oxides of nitrogen (NOX), NH3, O3 and CO at 8 locations within the study area. The locations for air quality monitoring were scientifically selected based on the following considerations using climatological data.  Meteorological conditions on synoptic scale;  The methodology for conducting the baseline environmental survey and selection of sampling locations considered the guidelines given in the EIA manual of the MoEFCC;  Topography of the study area;  Representative of the regional background air quality for obtaining baseline status; and  Representative of likely impact areas.

Monitoring was done for PM10, PM 2.5, SO2, NOx, NH3, CO, As, Ni, Benzene, Benzo (α) Pyrene (BAP), Pb and Ozone. The frequency of monitoring, the techniques for sampling and analysis for these parameters are mentioned in following Table and results of monitoring are presented in Table 3.3.

Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 74

Sampling Sampling Sample collection Sample Analysis Methodology Parameters Frequency Sampling Sensitivity Analytical Sensitivity/ equipment / Detection Equipment Detection Limit Limit RSPM 24 hrs RSPM 10 µg/m3 RSPM 0.0001mg Gravimetric (HVS) (PM10, twice a (PM10), (PM10), IS : 5182 PM2.5), SO2, week at Respirable Monopan (Part 23) : 2006 NOx, NH3 each Dust Sampler Balance (through Cyclonic station flow Technique) RSPM 2.5 µg/m3 Monopan 0.0001g Gravimetric Method (PM2.5), Fine Balance – NAAQS Dust Sampler Monitoring & Analysis Guidelines Volume 1 By CPCB 3 SO2: 05 µg/m SO2: - IS : 5182 Rotameter Spectrophoto (Part 2) : 2001 for meter measurement of air flow 3 NOx: 05 µg/m NOx: - IS : 5182 Rotameter Spectrophoto (Part 6) : 2006 for meter measurement of air flow 3 NH3: 2Hrs Rotameter 10 µg/m NH3: - ISC Method 401, Ed twice a for Spectrophoto 3rd,2016 week at measurement meter each of air flow station 3 O3 8Hrs twice Rotameter 10 µg/m Spectrophoto - IS 5182(part 09): a week at for meter 1974 each measurement station of air flow CO 1hrs twice Gas Bladder -- Non- 0.01 mg/ IS : 5182 a month at Dispersive m3 (Part 10) : 1999 each Infrared station Absorption Method TVOC 8Hrs twice Low volume 1 µg/m3 GC-FID - IS 5182(part 11): a week at 2006 each station

Ambient air at the monitoring location is sucked through a cyclone. Coarse and non-respirable dust is separated from the air stream by centrifugal forces acting on the solid particles and these particles fall through the cyclone's conical hopper and get collected in the sampling cap

placed at the bottom. The fine dust (<10 microns) forming the PM10 passes the cyclone and is retained on the filter paper. A tapping is provided on the suction side of the blower to provide

suction for sampling air through a set of impingers for containing absorbing solutions for SO2 and NOX. Samples of gases are drawn at a flow rate of 0.2 liters per minute.

Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 75

PM10 has been estimated by gravimetric method. Modified West and Gaeke method (IS-5182 part-II, 1969) has been adopted for estimation of SO2 and Jacobs-Hochheiser method (IS-5182 part-VI, 1975) has been adopted for the estimation of NOx. Calibration charts have been prepared for all gaseous pollutants. Respirable Dust Samplers APM-451 of Envirotech instruments were used for monitoring Respirable fraction (<10 microns) and gaseous pollutants

like SO2, NOx, NH3, O3.

Eight ambient air quality monitoring stations were established in the study zone of 10 km radius around the project site as shown in Figure 3.5. The location of stations and its distance from site are presented in Table 3.2. The main sources of air pollution in the region are small scale industries and traffic. Laboratory monitoring reports are attached below.

Table 3.2: Location of AAQ stations

Ambient Air Quality Distance Site No Latitude Longitude Direction Monitoring km Stations AAQM - 1 Project Site 26° 32' 7.06"N 88° 9' 1.06"E -- -- AAQM – 2 Moynaguri 26° 34' 9.66"N 88° 8' 29.59"E NNW 3.8 AAQM - 3 Khoribari 26° 33' 16.96"N 88° 11' 18.62"E NE 4.4 AAQM - 4 Bazarbasti 26° 30' 56.65"N 88° 8' 9.47"E SW 2.6 AAQM – 5 Galgalia 26° 31' 35.38"N 88° 6' 56.35"E WSW 3.5 AAQM - 6 Nazagachh 26° 28' 32.53"N 88° 8' 52.27"E S 6.6 AAQM – 7 Latkukur Baghi 26° 30' 15.77"N 88° 10' 30.67"E SE 4.2 AAQM - 8 Mandila Jhar 26° 30' 21.60"N 88° 12' 30.36"E ESE 6.6

Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 76

Figure 3.5: Air Monitoring Stations

Table 3.3: Results for Location of AAQM stations 3 PM10 (µg/m ) AAQM - AAQM - 1 AAQM - 2 AAQM - 3 AAQM – 4 AAQM - 5 AAQM - 6 AAQM - 8 7 Average 80.19 60.99 81.11 93.00 80.94 60.59 66.46 72.20 Min 64.50 50.00 65.40 79.50 64.50 55.40 55.60 54.90 Max 90.1 75.10 100.40 99.60 91.20 68.50 85.40 89.40 98 Percentile 96.44 73.32 96.08 99.41 91.11 66.72 80.60 88.92 Standard 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100

Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 77

3 PM2.5 (µg/m ) AAQM - AAQM - 1 AAQM - 2 AAQM - 3 AAQM – 4 AAQM - 5 AAQM - 6 AAQM - 8 7 Average 36.88 36.94 37.01 33.98 32.28 34.29 39.42 38.66 Min 32.40 31.10 30.40 28.30 28.50 28.20 29.70 29.40 Max 41.40 46.70 44.80 40.10 39.00 43.50 57.40 48.60 98 Percentile 40.82 44.59 44.61 39.57 38.86 41.87 54.66 47.50 Standard 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60

3 SO2 (µg/m ) AAQM - AAQM - 1 AAQM - 2 AAQM - 3 AAQM – 4 AAQM - 5 AAQM - 6 AAQM - 8 7 Average 5.90 5.88 5.92 5.54 5.74 5.56 6.83 6.56 Min 5.10 5.40 5.20 5.10 5.20 5.10 5.80 5.70 Max 6.70 6.50 6.80 6.10 6.10 6.40 8.10 7.80 98 Percentile 6.70 6.45 6.80 6.10 6.10 6.30 7.96 7.80 Standard 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 NOx (µg/m3) AAQM - AAQM - 1 AAQM - 2 AAQM - 3 AAQM – 4 AAQM - 5 AAQM - 6 AAQM - 8 7 Average 28.62 29.81 29.54 30.34 28.96 28.00 37.36 35.15 Min 24.30 27.20 26.40 26.60 25.30 23.30 30.00 26.40 Max 33.30 32.40 32.50 38.30 33.30 34.20 49.20 45.20 98 Percentile 32.48 32.30 31.97 36.04 33.01 33.82 48.00 43.28 Standard 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80

3 O3 (µg/m ) AAQM - AAQM - 1 AAQM - 2 AAQM - 3 AAQM – 4 AAQM - 5 AAQM - 6 AAQM - 8 7 Average 30.24 30.80 29.76 31.32 31.26 28.46 35.07 34.55 Min 25.40 27.30 27.90 28.60 28.70 20.90 30.60 29.40 Max 34.80 34.10 32.40 34.80 34.00 33.30 39.40 39.60 98 Percentile 34.75 33.91 32.06 34.66 33.90 32.77 39.30 39.17 Standard 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 3 NH3(µg/m ) AAQM - 1 AAQM - 2 AAQM - 3 AAQM – 4 AAQM - 5 AAQM - 6 AAQM - 7 AAQM - 8 Average 21.26 21.18 20.63 20.86 21.16 21.53 27.67 24.78 Min 18.70 19.30 19.60 19.60 19.70 19.40 22.60 20.40 Max 24.30 24.20 22.80 24.10 24.30 26.30 30.70 29.70 98 Percentile 24.20 23.82 22.56 23.91 23.68 25.82 30.56 29.56 Standard 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400

Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 78

CO (mg/m3) AAQM - AAQM - 1 AAQM - 2 AAQM - 3 AAQM – 4 AAQM - 5 AAQM - 6 AAQM - 8 7 Average 0.195 0.165 0.173 0.175 0.156 0.185 0.189 0.190 Min 0.093 0.112 0.124 0.125 0.123 0.123 0.125 0.145 Max 0.425 0.298 0.236 0.248 0.224 0.278 0.265 0.296 98 0.292 0.227 0.242 0.219 0.274 0.261 0.145 0.423 Percentile Standard 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 Total VOC (µg/m3) AAQM - AAQM - 1 AAQM - 2 AAQM - 3 AAQM – 4 AAQM - 5 AAQM - 6 AAQM - 8 7 ND ND ND ND ND ND Average 3.09 ND Min 2.20 ND ND ND ND ND ND ND Max 4.30 ND ND ND ND ND ND ND 98 ND ND ND ND ND ND ND Percentile 4.20

3.3.2 Discussions

3 3 Values of PM10 in the background environment ranged from 50.0 µg/m to 100.4 µg/m . 3 Average values of PM10 found to be around 74.4 µg/m was observed to be within the permissible limit of 100 µg/m3. The PM10 concentration is bit higher in the study area probably because of the nearby industries and traffic movement through the adjacent road. The 3 3 values of PM2.5 range from 28.2 µg/m to 57.4 µg/m . The average value of PM2.5 was 36.2 µg/m3and found to be within NAAQ standard of 60 µg/m3.The values of Sulfur dioxide levels 3 3 were found to vary from 5.1 µg/m to 8.1 µg/m . The values of SO2 were found to be well within NAAQ standard of 80µg/m3.The value of Nitrogen oxide ranged from 23.3 µg/m3to 49.2 µg/m3. The values of oxides of Nitrogen were observed to be well within the NAAQ standard of 80µg/m3. The value of Ammonia ranged from 18.7 µg/m3to 30.7 µg/m3, the value of ammonia found to be within the NAAQ standard of 400 µg/m3. The value of Ozone ranged 3 3 from 20.9 µg/m to 39.6 µg/m the value of O3 were observed to be well within the NAAQ standard of 100 µg/m3. The range of CO is also very less than the standard. The range of TVOC at the project site varies from 2.2 to 4.3 µg/m3.

3.4. Noise

Noise in general is sound, which is composed of many frequency components of various loudness distributed over the audible frequency range. The most common and universally accepted scale is the A weighted scale which is measured as dB (A). This is more suitable for audible range of 20 to 20,000 Hz and has been designed to weigh various components of noise according to the response of a human ear. The environmental assessment of noise from the industrial activity, construction activity and vehicular traffic can be undertaken by taking into

Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 79

consideration various factors like potential damage to hearing, physiological responses, and annoyance and general community responses.

3.4.1. Objective

The main objective of monitoring of ambient noise levels was to establish the baseline noise levels in different zones. i. e. Residential, Industrial, Commercial and Silence zones, in the surrounding areas and to assess the total noise level in the environment of the study area.

3.4.2. Methodology

 Identification of Sampling Locations A preliminary reconnaissance survey was undertaken to identify the major noise sources in the area. The sampling location in the area was identified considering location of industry, commercial shopping complex activities, residential areas with various traffic activity and sensitive areas like hospital, court, temple and schools also near the railway track for railway noise.

The noise monitoring was conducted at nine locations in the study area during monitoring period. 9 sampling locations were selected for the sampling of noise.

 Equivalent sound pressure level (Leq) The sound from noise source often fluctuates widely during a given period of time. Leq is the equivalent continuous sound level, which is equivalent to the same sound energy as the actual fluctuating sound measured in the same time period.

 Instrument used for Monitoring Noise levels were measured using an Integrating sound level meter manufactured by Cygnet (Model No. 2031). It had an indicating mode of Lp and Leq. Keeping the mode in Lp for few minutes and setting the corresponding range and the weighting network in “A” weighing set the sound level meter was run for one hour time and Leq was measured at all locations.

There are different types of fields for measuring the ambient noise level, e categorized as free field, near field and far field.

 Free Field The free field is defined as a region where sound wave propagates without obstruction from source to the receiver. In such case, the inverse square law can be applied so that the sound pressure level decreases by 6dB (A) as the distance is doubled.

 Near Field The near field is defined as that region close to the source where the inverse square law does not apply. Usually this region is located within a few wavelengths from the source.

 Far Field The far field is defined as that region which is at a distance of more than 1-meter from the source.

Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 80

3.4.3. Noise Levels

The noise levels were monitored at nine locations selected for Ambient Air Quality Monitoring on an hourly basis during the study period. A digital noise level meter was used to record the noise levels. Leq day and Leq night noise levels were derived and reported accordingly. Day time was considered as 6:00 hrs to 22:00 hrs and night time as 22:00 hrs to 06:00 hrs. The day time and night time equivalent noise levels at selected locations are given in Table 3.4. Laboratory monitoring reports are attached.

Table 3.4: Summary of Noise Level in Study Area Noise Level In dB (A) Sr. Code Location Area Day Night No. Time Time 1 ANQM-1 Project Site Industrial 54.2 41.6 2 ANQM-2 Moynaguri Residential 36.9 25.8 3 ANQM-3 Khoribari Residential 51.2 39.2 4 ANQM-4 Bazarbasti Residential 55.2 43.1 5 ANQM-5 Galgalia Residential 48.7 42.6 6 ANQM-6 Nazagachh Residential 52.1 39.5 7 ANQM-7 Latkukur Baghi Residential 56.2 50.2 8 ANQM-8 Mandila Jhar Residential 52.0 37.6

3.4.4. Method of Monitoring and Parameters Measured

Noise monitoring was carried out continuously for 24-hours with one-hour interval. During each hour parameters like L10, L50, L90 and Leq were directly computed by the instrument based on the sound pressure levels. Monitoring was carried out at „A‟ weighting and in fast response mode.

The important parameters to be measured are Leq, Lday, and Lnight. Leq: Latest noise monitoring equipments have the facility for measurement of Leq directly. However, Leqcan also be calculated using the following equation: 2 Leq (hrly) = L50 + (L10 - L90) / 60

Where,

L10 (Ten Percentile Exceeding Level) is the level of sound exceeding 10% of the total time of measurement.

L50 (Fifty Percentile Exceeding Level) is the level of sound exceeding 50% of the total time of measurement.

L90 (Ninety Percentile Exceeding Level) is the level of sound exceeding 90% of the total time of measurement.

Lday: This represents Leq of daytime. Lday is calculated as Logarithmic average using the hourly Leq‟s for day time hours from 6.00a.m to 10.00p.m

Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 81

Lnight: This represents Leqof night time. Lnight is calculated as Logarithmic average using the hourly Leq‟s for nighttime hours from 10.00p.m to 6.00a.m.

Figure 3.6: Noise Sampling Locations

3.4.5. Noise Results The values of noise level parameters like Leq (day), and Leq (night), were monitored during study period and it‟s found that both inside (industrial) and outside (residential) of project area the day and night equivalent noise level is as per the standards given by the CPCB.

 Noise Standards Ambient air quality standard in respect of noise have been stipulated by Govt. of India, Gazette notification vide S.O. 123(E), dated 14.2.2000 and subsequently amendments under the Environment (Protection) Act, 1986. Table 3.5 describes ambient noise standards.

Table 3.5: Ambient Noise Level Standards Limits in dB(A), L Area Code Category of Area eq ** Day time #Night time A Industrial Area 75 70 B Commercial Area 65 55 C Residential Area 55 45 D Silence Zone @ 50 40 * As per Environment protection act. ** Day Time: 6.00a.m to 10.00p.m.

Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 82

# Night Time: 10.00p.m to 6.00a.m. @ Silence zone is defined as an area upto 100 meters around such premises ashospitals, educational institutions and courts. The silence zones are to be declared by the competent authority; Use of horns, loudspeakers and bursting of crackers shall be banned in these zones.

Permissible noise limits for residential area prescribed by CPCB are 55 dB(A) during day time and 45 dB(A) during night time and for Industrial area 75 dB(A) during day time and 70 dB(A) during night time. Recorded noise levels are within the permissible limits.

3.5. Water Environment

Selected water quality parameters of ground water and surface water resources within the study area have been studied for assessing the hydrological environment to evaluate anticipated impact of the proposed project. Understanding the water quality is essential in the preparation of Environmental Impact Assessment. It also assists to identify critical issues in a view to suggest appropriate mitigation measures for implementation to curb the deterioration of various hydrological sources in the vicinity of the project.

The purpose of this study is to:

 Assess the water quality characteristics for critical parameters;  Evaluate the impacts on agricultural productivity, habitat conditions, recreational resources and aesthetics in the vicinity; and  Predict the likely impacts on water quality due to the project and related activities.

3.5.1. Methodology

Two surface water and nine ground water samples were examined for physicochemical, heavy metals and bacteriological parameters in order to assess the effect of industrial and other activities on surface and ground water. The samples were analyzed as per the procedures specified in 'Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater' published by American Public Health Association (APHA).Samples for chemical analysis were collected in polyethylene carboys. Samples collected for metal content were acidified with 1 ml HNO3. Samples for bacteriological analysis were collected in sterilized glass bottles. Selected physicochemical and bacteriological parameters have been analyzed for projecting the existing water quality status in the study area. Parameters like Dissolved Oxygen (DO) and pH were analyzed.

Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 83

Figure 3.7: Water Sampling Location

3.5.2. Monitoring methodology of Ground water

No Parameter Method Details Standard Method Method . Detection Limit (mg/l) 1. Colour Pt-Co (Visual APHA 22nd h Edition, 2120-B 5 Comparison) Method 2. pH pH Meter APHA 22nd Edition, 4500-H B 0.1 3. Electrical Conductivity Conductivity Meter APHA 22nd h Edition, 2510-B 2 4. Turbidity Nephelometer APHA 22nd Edition, 2130 B. 0.1 5. Total Dissolved Solids Gravimetry APHA 22nd Edition, 2540 C 1 6. Total Suspended Solids Gravimetry APHA 22nd Edition, 2540D 7. Total Hardness as Titrimetric APHA 22nd Edition, 2340 C 1 CaCO3 8. Total Alkalinity as CaCO3 Titrimetric APHA 22nd Edition, 2320 B 1 9. Arsenic (as AS) APHA 22nd Edition, 0.01 Atomic Absorbption 3500As-B Spectrometry

10. Potassium as K AAS on Emission mode APHA 22nd Edition, 3500 K-B 0.1 11. Sodium as Na AAS on Emission mode APHA 22nd Edition, 3500 Na-B 0.1 12. Calcium as Ca EDTA Titrimetric APHA 22nd Edition, 3500 Ca B 1 Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 84

No Parameter Method Details Standard Method Method . Detection Limit (mg/l) 13. Magnesiu m as Mg EDTA Titrimetric APHA 22nd Edition, 3500-Mg-B 1 14. Chlorides as Cl- Argentometric Titration APHA 22nd Edition,4500 Cl-B 1 -2 nd 15. Sulphates as SO4 Turbidimetry APHA 22 Edition, 4500-SO4-E 1 16. Fluoride as F- Colorimetry APHA 22nd Edition, 4500 F- B 0.2 17. Iron as Fe AAS on Emission mode APHA 22nd h Edition, 3500 Fe B 0.06 18. Chromium as Cr +6 Atomic Absorbtion APHA 22nd Edition, 3500 Cr-B 0.05 Spectrometry 19. Total coliform Multiple Tube IS: 1622-1981 2 Fermentation technique

3.5.3. Ground Water Sampling Locations:

Water samples were collected from bore/open wells located within 10 Km. radius. Locations of ground water sample collection are shown in Table 3.6. Laboratory analysis results are shown in Table 3.7. Analysis was done by Standard Methods.

Table 3.6: Ground Water sampling locations Sr. Type of Latitude Longitude Distance Sampling Location Direction No. Sample (km) GW-1 Bidhannagar Bore Well 26° 30‟ 7.12N 88° 14‟ 27.06”E ESE 9.74 GW-2 Latkukur Baghi Bore Well 26° 30‟ 15.71N 88° 10‟ 28.90”E SE 4.10 GW-3 Dhak Para Bore Well 26° 31‟ 37.83N 88° 11‟ 24.51”E ESE 4.06 Batasi Sastrijee High Bore Well GW-4 26° 36‟ 23.43N 88° 10‟ 51.76”E NNE 8.46 School. GW-5 Khoribari Bore Well 26° 33‟ 16.31N 88° 11‟ 23.28”E NE 4.47 Near Project Site Bore Well GW-6 26° 32‟ 5.99N 88° 9‟ 1.06”E -- -- (Bhajanpur) GW-7 Chakramari, Bhajanpur Bore Well 26° 31‟ 43.98N 88° 8‟ 44.13”E SSW 0.80 GW-8 Galgalia, Kishanganj Bore Well 26° 31‟ 35.26N 88° 6‟ 56.51”E WSW 3.53

GW9 Bazarbasti Bore Well 26° 30‟ 55.90N 88° 8‟ 9.43”E SW 2.56

GW10 Moynaguri Bore Well 26° 34‟ 7.99N 88° 8‟ 26.63”E NNW 3.88

Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 85

Table 3.7(A): Ground Water Quality Results Sl. IS 10500:2012 No. Parameter Acceptable Permissible GW1 GW2 GW3 GW4 GW5 Limit Limit 1 pH (at 250C) No 6.5 – 8.5 5.83 6.12 6.05 6.14 6.00 Relaxation 2 Conductivity (µmho/cm ) -- -- 307.0 110.2 93.0 102.4 94.5 3 Colour (Hazen) 5 15 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 4 Turbidity, NTU, Max 1 5 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 5 Total Dissolved Solid , mg/l 500 2000 181.2 72.4 58.8 63.6 56.4 6 Total Suspended Solids (mg/l) -- -- <10.0 <10.0 <10.0 <10.0 <10.0 7 Alkalinity (as CaCO3), mg/l 200 600 106.2 44.5 36.0 39.5 34.5 8 Total Hardness (asCaCO3)mg/l 200 600 128.5 51.6 42.0 45.5 40.5 9 Calcium (as Ca) ,mg/l 75 200 29.6 11.9 9.7 10.4 9.3 10 Magnesium (as Mg) , mg/l 30 100 13.3 5.3 4.3 4.7 4.2 11 Chloride (as Cl), mg/l 250 1000 62.5 24.3 19.4 21.3 17.9 12 Iron (as Fe), mg/l No 0.3 0.07 0.27 6.4 5.9 6.8 Relaxation 13 Fluoride, (as F), mg/l 1.0 1.5 <0.5 <0.5 <0.5 <0.5 <0.5 14 Sulphate (as SO4) ,mg/l 200 400 13.4 5.3 <5.0 <5.0 <5.0 15 Arsenic (as As) mg/l, 0.01 0.05 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 16 Sodium(as Na) mg/l, -- -- 11.6 18.2 12.8 19.5 18.1 17 Potassium(as K) mg./l, -- -- 7.4 8.1 6.7 9.2 7.8 18 Chromium as Cr +6 mg/l, -- -- <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 19 Total Coliform Count, Shall not be detectable in any <2 <2 <2 <2 <2 MPN/100ml 100 ml sample

Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 86

Table 3.7(B): Ground Water Quality Results Sl. IS 10500:2012 No. Parameter Acceptable Permissible GW6 GW7 GW8 GW9 GW10 Limit Limit 1 pH (at 250C) No 6.5 – 8.5 6.06 6.13 6.24 6.15 7.47 Relaxation 2 Conductivity (µmho/cm ) -- -- 177.8 155.1 132.6 103.7 148.6 3 Colour (Hazen) 5 15 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 4 Turbidity, NTU, Max 1 5 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 5 Total Dissolved Solid , mg/l 500 2000 100.8 91.2 78.0 61.2 87.2 6 Total Suspended Solids (mg/l) -- --- <10.0 <10.0 <10.0 <10.0 <10.0 7 Alkalinity (as CaCO3), mg/l 200 600 61.5 56.5 49.0 38.0 36.0 8 Total Hardness (asCaCO3)mg/l 200 600 71.8 65.2 55.6 43.5 51.6 9 Calcium (as Ca) ,mg/l 75 200 16.6 15.0 12.9 10.0 11.7 10 Magnesium (as Mg) , mg/l 30 100 7.4 6.8 5.7 4.5 5.4 11 Chloride (as Cl), mg/l 250 1000 34.2 31.7 26.8 20.8 29.8 12 Iron (as Fe), mg/l No 0.3 0.95 0.55 6.4 6.1 6.8 Relaxation 13 Fluoride, (as F), mg/l 1.0 1.5 <0.5 <0.5 .<0.5 <0.5 <0.5 14 Sulphate (as SO4) ,mg/l 200 400 7.5 6.7 5.8 <5.0 <5.0 15 Arsenic (as As) mg/l, 0.01 0.05 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 16 Sodium(as Na) mg/l, -- -- 21.5 23.2 10.5 10.6 20.6 17 Potassium(as K) mg./l, -- -- 9.4 10.6 8.1 6.2 11.5 18 Chromium as Cr +6 mg/l, -- -- <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 19 Total Coliform Count, Shall not be detectable in any <2 <2 <2 <2 <2 MPN/100ml 100 ml sample

Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 87

Discussion

 pH values observed to be ranged from 5.83 to7.47. Highest value observed in GW10 and lowest value observed in GW1.

 Conductivity observed to be ranged from 93 to307 µmoh/cm. Highest value observed in GW1 and lowest value observed in GW3.

 TDS observed to be ranged from 56.4 to181.2 mg/l. Highest value observed in GW1 and lowest value observed in GW5.

 Alkalinity observed to be ranged from 34.5 to106.2 mg/l. Highest value observed in GW1 and lowest value observed in GW5.

 Total Hardness observed to be ranged from 40.5 to 128.5 mg/l. Highest value observed in GW1 and lowest value observed in GW5.

 Iron observed to be ranged from 0.07 to 6.8 mg/l. Highest value observed in GW5 and lowest value observed in GW1.

3.5.4. Monitoring methodology of Surface water

No Parameter Method Details Standard Method Method . Detectio n Limit 1. pH pH Meter APHA 22nd Edition, 4500-H B 0.1 2. Electr ical Conductivity Meter APHA 22nd h Edition, 2510-B 2 Conductivity 3. Turbidity Nephelometer APHA 22nd Edition, 2130 B. 0.1 4. Total Suspended Gravimetry APHA 22nd Edition, 2540D 5 Solids (mg/l) 5. Total Dissolved Gravimetry APHA 22nd Edition, 2540 C 1 Solids 6. Total Alkalinity as Titrimetric APHA 22nd Edition, 2320 B 1 CaCO3 7. Total Hardness as Titrimetric APHA 22nd Edition, 2340 C 1 CaCO3 8. Dissolved Oxygen Titrimetric APHA 22nd Edition-4500-0-C 0.1 9. Nitrate Nitrogen as Colorimetry APHA 22nd Edition, 4500 NO3 E 0.1 NO3-N 10. Phosphate as PO4-3 Colorimetry APHA 22nd Edition,4500 -P-D 0.01 11. BOD (27°C, 3Days) DO Consumption in 3 days IS:3025,Part-44,2003 2 12. COD Potassium Dichromate APHA 22nd Edition, 5220B 2 Method 13. Potassium as K AAS on Emission mode APHA 22nd Edition, 3500 K-B 0.1 14. Sodium as Na AAS on Emission mode APHA 22nd Edition, 3500 Na-B 0.1 15. Magnesium as Mg EDTA Titrimetric APHA 22nd Edition, 3500-Mg-B 1 16. Chlorides as Cl- Argentometric Titration APHA 22nd Edition,4500 Cl-B 1 17. Sulphates as SO4-2 Turbidimetry APHA 22nd Edition, 4500-SO4-E 1 18. Fluoride as F- Colorimetry APHA 22nd Edition, 4500 F- B 0.2 19. Boron as B Curcumin Method APHA 22nd Edition, 4500-B-C 0.1 20. Iron as Fe AAS on Emission mode APHA 22nd h Edition, 3500 Fe B 0.06

Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 88

No Parameter Method Details Standard Method Method . Detectio n Limit 21. Arsenic (as AS) APHA 22nd Edition, 3500As-B 0.01 Atomic Absorption Spectrometry Method

22. Chromium as Cr +6 Atomic Absorption APHA 22nd Edition, 3500 Cr-B 0.05 mg/l, Spectrometry Method 23. Copper as Cu (mg/l) Atomic Absorption APHA 22nd Edition, 3500-Cu-B 0.05 Spectrometry Method 24. Phenolic Compounds Direct Photometric APHA 22nd Edition, 5530-Phenols-D 0.01 mg/l, Method 25. Alluminium as Al Eriochrome Cyanine R APHA 22nd Edition, 3500-Al-B 0.03 (mg/l) Method 26. Oil & Grease Gravimetry APHA 22nd Edition, 5520-B 10 (mg/l) 27. Total coliform Multiple Tube IS: 1622 2 Fermentation technique 28. Fecal coliform Multiple Tube IS: 1622 2 Fermentation technique

3.5.5. Surface Water Sampling Locations:

Surface water samples were collected from ten locations. Locations of surface water sample collection are shown in Table 3.8. Laboratory analysis results are shown in Table 3.9.

Table 3.8: Surface Water Sampling Location Sr. Distance (km) Name of Village Type of Sample Latitude Longitude No. & Direction Cheng Manga River – 26°29‟26.34”N 88° 10‟ 36.45”E SW-1 River water 5.58/SSE Down Stream Cheng Manga River.- Up 26°31‟21.87”N 88° 11‟ 40.88”E SW-2 River water 4.63/ESE Stream SW-3 Dumuria River River water 26°34‟31.14”N 88° 13‟ 12.25”E 8.24/NE

SW-4 Bon River River water 26°31‟54.03”N 88° 10‟ 32.32”E 2.91/NE Mechi River at Nepal 26°30‟59.41”N 88° 6‟ 18.15”E SW-5 River water 4.88/WSW Border, Near Galgalia Buridangi River(Near 26°30‟47.09”N 88° 7‟ 51.71”E SW-6 River water 3.05/SW Bengal Bihar Border) Swarnabati River Down 26°31‟44.93”N 88° 09‟ 57.99”E SW-7 River water 1.69/ESE Stream at Bhajanpur Swarnabati River Up 26°32‟07.23”N 88° 09‟ 33.76”E SW-8 River water 0.91/E Stream at Bhajanpur. SW-9 Mechi River Upstream River water 26°34‟7.56”N 88° 6‟ 50.41”E 5.2 / NW

SW-10 Pond Near Project Site Pond water 26°32‟26.80”N 88° 8‟ 58.27”E 0.60/N

Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 89

Table 3.9(A): Surface Water Quality Results Sl. Parameter SW1 SW2 SW3 SW4 SW5 No. 1 pH (at 250C) 6.43 6.21 6.18 6.09 6.11 2 Conductivity 106.1 81.6 75.0 110.7 92.2 (µmho/cm ) 3 Turbidity, NTU, Max <1 <1 <1 <1 1.8 4 Total Dissolved Solid , 57.6 44.8 41.6 59.6 50.4 mg/l 5 Alkalinity (as CaCO3), 34.0 25.5 23.5 33.0 28.0 mg/l 6 Total Hardness 39.4 30.3 28.3 40.5 33.9 (asCaCO3)mg/l 7 Calcium (as Ca) ,mg/l 8.5 6.7 6.3 8.9 7.5 8 Magnesium (as Mg) , 4.3 3.3 3.1 4.4 3.7 mg/l 9 Chloride (as Cl), mg/l 16.6 12.9 11.9 17.1 14.4 10 Iron (as Fe), mg/l 0.12 0.08 0.11 0.08 0.07 11 Fluoride, (as F), mg/l <0.5 <0.5 <0.5 <0.5 <0.5 12 Sulphate (as SO4) ,mg/l 7.8 6.1 5.5 8.1 6.7 13 Nitrate (as NO3) , mg/l 3.8 2.8 3.1 4.2 9.2 14 Arsenic (as As) mg/l, <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 15 Chromium as Cr +6 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 mg/l, 16 Copper as Cu (mg/l) <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 17 Phenolic Compounds <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 mg/l, 18 Alluminium as Al <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 (mg/l) 19 Boron as B (mg/l) <0.5 <0.5 <0.5 <0.5 <0.5

20 Sodium(as Na) mg/l, 17.3 21.7 16.1 19.5 21.8

21 Potassium(as K) mg./l, 9.5 15.0 10.6 11.7 15.9

22 Dissolved Oxygen 6.8 7.2 6.4 7.7 1.2

23 Total Suspended Solids 12.6 11.4 <10.0 <10.0 16.6 (mg/l) 24 Oil & Grease (mg/l) <2.0 <2.0 <2.0 <2.0 <2.0

25 Chemical Oxygen <5.0 <5.0 <5.0 <5.0 15.5 Demand (mg/l) 26 Biological Oxygen <2.0 <2.0 <2.0 <2.0 4.3 Demand 3 days at 27°C (mg/l) -3 27 Phosphate as PO4 2.1 2.6 2.5 3.8 2.9

28 Total Coliform Count, 760.0 980 820.0 1185 11,200.0

Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 90

Sl. Parameter SW1 SW2 SW3 SW4 SW5 No. MPN/100ml 29 Faecal Coliform 460.0 520 540 760.0 6,800.00 Count, MPN/100ml

Table 3.9(B): Surface Water Quality Results Sl. Parameter SW6 SW7 SW8 SW9 SW10 No. 1 pH (at 250C) 7.27 6.03 6.05 6.10 7.47 2 Conductivity 108.3 99.2 105.4 46.8 136.4 (µmho/cm ) 3 Turbidity, NTU, Max 2.1 <1 <1 <1 3.9 4 Total Dissolved Solid , 61.6 54.4 56.8 25.6 74.8 mg/l 5 Alkalinity (as CaCO3), 29.5 30.0 31.0 14.5 26.5 mg/l 6 Total Hardness 27.3 37.4 38.4 17.7 30.8 (asCaCO3)mg/l 7 Calcium (as Ca) ,mg/l 6.9 8.2 8.5 3.6 9.7 8 Magnesium (as Mg) , 2.5 4.1 4.2 2.1 <2.0 mg/l 9 Chloride (as Cl), mg/l 16.4 15.6 16.4 7.4 8.9 10 Iron (as Fe), mg/l 0.1 0.13 0.06 0.05 0.11 11 Fluoride, (as F), mg/l <0.5 <0.5 <0.5 <0.5 <0.5 12 Sulphate (as SO4) ,mg/l 5.4. 7.3 7.6 <5.0 <5.0 13 Nitrate (as NO3) , mg/l 3.6 4.4 4.0 3.7 4.6 14 Arsenic (as As) mg/l, <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 15 Chromium as Cr +6 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 mg/l, 16 Copper as Cu (mg/l) <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 17 Phenolic Compounds <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 mg/l, 18 Alluminium as Al <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 (mg/l) 19 Boron as B (mg/l) <0.5 <0.5 <0.5 <0.5 <0.5

20 Sodium(as Na) mg/l, 19.6 13.9 18.4 23.9 11.7

21 Potassium(as K) mg./l, 17.4 6.1 8.3 13.8 7.6

22 Dissolved Oxygen 5.9 6.0 5.8 7.1 3.8

23 Total Suspended Solids 15.4 <10.0 <10 <10.0 14.2 (mg/l) 24 Oil & Grease (mg/l) <2.0 <2.0 <2.0 <2.0 <2.0

25 Chemical Oxygen 5.9 <5.0 9.6 <5.0 11.9 Demand (mg/l)

Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 91

Sl. Parameter SW6 SW7 SW8 SW9 SW10 No. 26 Biological Oxygen <2.0 <2.0 2.8 <2.0 3.4 Demand 3 days at 27°C (mg/l) -3 27 Phosphate as PO4 3.2 4.0 2.7 2.2 4.6

28 Total Coliform Count, 8,400.0 780.0 1020.0 1350.0 1240.0 MPN/100ml 29 Faecal Coliform 3,500.0 390.0 720.0 870.0 680.0 Count, MPN/100ml

Discussion:

 The analysis results indicate that the pH values in the range of 6.03 to 7.47, the minimum value was observed at SW7 and maximum value was observed at SW10 .  The TDS was observed in the range of 25.6 to 74.8 mg/l, the minimum TDS value was observed at SW9, and whereas maximum value was observed at SW10.  The DO was observed in the range of 1.2 to 7.7 mg/l, the minimum DO value was observed at SW5, and whereas maximum value was observed at SW4.  The BOD was observed in the range of <2 to 4.3 mg/l, the minimum BOD value was observed at SW1, SW2, SW3, SW4, SW6, SW7 and SW9 and whereas maximum value was observed at SW5.  The COD was observed in the range of <5 to 15.5 mg/l, the minimum COD value was observed at SW1, SW2, SW3, SW4, SW7 and SW9 and whereas maximum value was observed at SW5.  The chlorides and Sulphates were found to be in the range of 7.4 to 17.1 mg/l and <5 to 8.1 mg/l, respectively.

 Total hardness expressed as CaCO3 ranges between 17.7 to 40.5 mg/l.  The calcium & magnesium were found to be in the range of 3.6 to 9.7 mg/l and <2 to 4.4 mg/l, respectively.  The Total Coliform was observed in the range of 760 to 11200 MPN/100ml, the minimum value was observed at SW1, and whereas maximum value was observed at SW5.  The Faecal Coliform was observed in the range of 390 to 6800 MPN/100ml, the minimum value was observed at SW7, and whereas maximum value was observed at SW5.

Surface water samples analysed during the study. As per the CPCB water quality criteria for surface water the SW1, SW2, SW3, SW4, SW6, SW7, SW8, SW9 falls under Class C and SW5 , SW10 falls under Class E .

3.6. Soil

Soils may be defined as a thin layer of earth crust that serves as a natural medium for the growth of plants. It is the unconsolidated mineral factors. Soils serve as a reservoir of nutrients for plants and crops. It also provides mechanical anchorage and favourable filth..

Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 92

3.6.1. Methodology of soil sample monitoring

Parameters Standard Methodology Sensitivity / Units Remarks Method Detection limit Color -- Visual ------Observation Bulk Density IS 2720 (Part Density 1.0 kg/m3 -- 03) - 1980 Measurement Water Holding UT/LQMS/SOP/ Gravimetric 0.1 % Analysis as per Capacity S12 method Standard Moisture IS:2720 (Part Gravimetric 0.1 % Methods Content 02) - 1973 method specified pH IS : 2720 (Part Electrometric 0.1 -- 1:2 Soil extract 26) - 1987 method Electrical IS 14767 - 2001 Conductometry 0.001 mS/cm Conductivity Organic matter IS : 2720 (Part Titrimetric 0.1 % Analysis as per 22) - 1972 method Standard Total Organic IS : 2720 (Part Calculation 0.1 % Methods Carbon 22) - 1972; using Organic specified matter content USEPA 1998 Ammonium 1.0 meq/ Cation Exchange SW-846,9080 Acetate Method 100g Capacity

Dissolved 1:10 water extract for dissolved analytes Analytes Calcium as Ca APHA 22nd Ed. EDTA Titration 1.0 mg/kg 2012, 3500 Ca B Method made 10% Magnesium as APHA 22nd Ed. EDTA Titration 1.0 mg/kg Water Extract Mg 2012, 3500 Mg Method to be and B analysed as per Sodium as Na APHA 22nd Ed. Flame Emission 1.0 mg/kg Standard 2012, 3500 Na Spectrometry Methods B specified. Potassium as K APHA 22nd Ed. Flame Emission 1.0 mg/kg 2012, 3500 K B Spectrometry Total Metals 1:100 acid (HNO3) digested extract and estimation made on AAS Copper as Cu Flame Atomic 5.0 mg/kg 1% acid Total Chromium Absorption 5.0 mg/kg digested sample as Cr Spectrophotome used for metal Cobalt as Co USEPA SW- try 5.0 mg/kg analysis. Cadmium as Cd 846, Update V, 2.0 mg/kg Analysis has Zinc as Zn July 2014 2.0 mg/kg been carried out Lead as Pb Method 3050B 5.0 mg/kg as per USEPA Nickel as Ni & 7000B 5.0 mg/kg SW 846 Iron as Fe 10.0 mg/kg methods. Manganese as 10.0 mg/kg Mn TCLP Metals 1:20 selective buffer extraction and measurement of extracted sample on AAS Copper as Cu USEPA SW- Flame Atomic 0.06 mg/L Buffer extracted

Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 93

Total Chromium 846, Update V, Absorption sample used for 0.06 mg/L as Cr July 2014 Spectrophotome metal analysis. Cobalt as Co Method 1311 & try 0.06 mg/L Analysis has Cadmium as Cd 7000B 0.018 mg/L been carried out Lead as Pb 0.06 mg/L as per USEPA Iron as Fe 0.09 mg/L SW 846 Manganese as methods 0.12 mg/L Mn Zinc as Zn USEPA SW- 0.018 mg/L 846, Update V, July 2014 Nickel as Ni 0.06 mg/L Method 3050B & 7000B Exchangeable Soil is extracted using 1N Ammonium acetate solution in ratio 1:25 (Soil: Cations Ammonium acetate)

Calcium as Ca IS 3025 (Part EDTA 1.0 meq/ Ammonium 40) 1991 Complexometric 100g Acetate Extract method to be made as Magnesium as IS 3025 (Part By Calculation 1.0 meq/ per USEPA Mg 46) 1994 100g SW846 9080 Sodium as Na IS 3025 (Part AAS on 1.0 meq/ and 45) 1993 Emission mode 100g exchangeable Potassium as K IS 3025 (Part AAS on 1.0 meq/ cations are 45) 1993 Emission mode 100g analyzed as per Standard Methods specified. Available -- Nutrients Available Methods Manual Alkaline 2 kg/ha -- Nitrogen for Soil Testing, KMnO4 DAC-MOA, GOI Oxidation Method Available Methods Manual Flame Emission 1 kg/ha Potassium as for Soil Testing, Spectrometry K2O DAC-MOA, GOI & APHA 22nd Ed. 2012,3500 K B Available Methods Manual Ascorbic Acid 5 kg/ha -- Phosphorous as for Soil Testing, Method P2O5 DAC-MOA, GOI & APHA 22nd Ed. 2012, 4500 P E Representative soil samples from study area were collected from 2 locations as shown in Table 3.10. The results of soil analysis are presented in Table 3.11.

Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 94

Table 3.10: Soil sample Stations

Sit Soil Sampling Distance e Area Latitude Longitude Direction Sites km No Land inside S-1 Industrial 26° 32‟6.66N 88° 09‟ 0.39”E -- -- Project site Land outside 88° 14‟ S-2 Non agricultural 26° 30‟ 7.12N N 0.01 project site 27.06”E S-3 Moynaguri Non agricultural 26° 34‟ 10.12N 88° 8‟ 27.26”E NNW 3.9 S-4 Khoribari Non agricultural 26° 33‟ 15.28N 88° 8‟ 27.26”E NNW 2.3 S-5 Bazarbasti Non agricultural 26° 30‟ 53.41N 88° 8‟ 11.34”E SSW 2.6 S-6 Galgalia Non agricultural 26° 33‟ 35.28N 88° 6‟ 56.12”E NW 4.3 S-7 Basarbati Non agricultural 26°30'18.10"N 88° 8'37.63"E S 3.3 Non agricultural 88° 10‟ S-8 Latkukur Baghi 26° 31‟0.31N SE 3.7 54.33”E

Figure 3.8: Soil sampling locations

Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 95

3.6.2. Methodology

The soil samples were collected during monitoring period. The samples collected from the all locations are homogeneous representative of each location. At random 9 sub locations were identified at each location and soil was dug from 30 cm below the surface. It was uniformly mixed before homogenizing the soil samples. The samples were filled in polythene bags, labeled in the field with number and site name and sent to laboratory for analysis.

3.6.3. Discussion  It has been observed that the pH of the soil in the study area ranged from 6.21 to 8.11 the maximum pH observed at S2, whereas the minimum was observed at S8.  The electrical conductivity was observed to be in the range of 1225 to 2580 μ mhos/cm, the maximum Electrical Conductivity observed at S5 and minimum Electrical Conductivity was observed at S4.  The Potassium values range between 0.016% to 3.3 %, with the maximum was observed at S5 and the minimum observed at S1.  The Sodium values range between 0.012 % to 0.7 %, with the maximum was observed at S5 and the minimum observed at S1.  The Nitrogen values range between 0.054% to 30.6 %, with the maximum was observed at S5 and the minimum observed at S1.  The Phosphate values range between 0.032% to 1.032 %, with the maximum was observed at S5 and the minimum observed at S1.  The total organic carbon value ranges from 0.8 to 6.21 % with maximum was observed at S8 with minimum was observed at S5.

Table 3.11A: Soil Analysis Report Sampling Sr. Location→ S1 S2 S3 S4 No. Parameter ↓ 1 Colour Hue 5Y-5/1 Hue 5Y-5/2 Hue 5Y-5/1 Hue 5Y-5/1 gray Olive Gray gray gray 2 Texture Silty clay Silty clay Silty clay Silty clay a Sand (%) 18.1 15.4 16.8 18.1 b Silt (%) 58.3 60.2 53.5 46.2 c Clay (%) 23.6 24.4 29.7 35.7 3 pH (1:2.5 ratio) 7.88 8.11 8.05 8.11 4 Conductivity (μ 1480 1740 1328 1225 mhos/cm) 5 Sodium (as Na) % 0.012 0.019 0.017 0.024 6 Potassium (as K) 0.016 0.024 0.018 0.033 % 7 Calcium (as Ca) % 0.46 0.59 0.52 0.59 8 Magnesium (as 0.27 0.44 0.38 0.41 Mg) %

Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 96

Sampling Sr. Location→ S1 S2 S3 S4 No. Parameter ↓ 9 Nitrogen % 0.054 0.076 0.086 0.072 10 Phosphates (as 0.032 0.047 0.032 0.032 P2O5) % 11 Total Organic 1.12 3.94 4.01 3.87 Carbon % Table 3.11B: Soil Analysis Report Sampling Sr. Location→ S5 S6 S7 S8 No. Parameter ↓ 1 Colour Hue 5Y-5/2 Hue 5Y-5/1 Hue 5Y-5/2 Hue 5Y-5/2 Gray gray Gray Gray 2 Texture Clay Silty clay Clay Clay a Sand (%) 22.1 28.1 18.3 24.3 b Silt (%) 31.4 41.2 35.2 32.2 c Clay (%) 46.5 30.7 46.5 43.5 3 pH (1:2.5 ratio) 7.4 7.25 7.42 6.21 4 Conductivity (μ 2580 2135 2005 1864 mhos/cm) 5 Sodium (as Na) % 0.7 0.046 0.123 0.089 6 Potassium (as K) 3.3 0.083 0.186 0.214 % 7 Calcium (as Ca) % 10.3 0.3 0.659 0.096 8 Magnesium (as 11.3 0.51 1.23 0.94 Mg) % 9 Nitrogen % 30.6 0.062 3.21 3.26 10 Phosphates (as 1.032 0.042 0.142 0.112 P2O5) % 11 Total Organic 0.8 1.23 3.21 6.21 Carbon %

Table 3.12: Standard Soil Classification Sl. No Soil test Classification 1 pH < 4.4 Extremely acidic 4.41- 5.00 very strongly acidic 5.01-6.00 moderately acidic 6.11- 6.40 slightly acidic 6.31-7.30 Neutral 7.21- 7.70 moderately alkaline 8.31-9.0 strongly alkaline > 9.01 very strongly 2 Salinity Electrical Upto 1.00 Average

Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 97

Sl. No Soil test Classification Conductivity µS/cm 1.1 – 1.98 harmful to germination 1ppm = 640 µS/cm 1.2 2.01-3.00 harmful to crops 1.3 (sensitive to salts) 3 Organic Carbon (%) Upto 0.2 very less 0.21-0. less 0.41-0.5 medium 0.51-0.8 on an average sufficient

4 Nitrogen (kg/ha) Upto 50 very less 51-100 less 101-150 good 151-300 Better  300 Sufficient 5 Phosphorus (kg/ha) Upto 15 very less 16-30 less 31-50 medium 51-65 on an average sufficient 66-80 sufficient 66-80 sufficient  80 more than sufficient 6 Potassium (kg/ha) 0-120 very less 120-180 less 181-240 medium 241-300 average 301-360 average 301-360 better  360 more than sufficient *Source: - Handbook of Agriculture, ICAR New Delhi

3.6.4. Land use/ land cover of the study area:

Remote sensing is the science of acquiring information about the Earth's surface without actually being in contactwith it. This is done by sensing and recording reflected or emitted energyand processing, analyzing, and applying that information.Satellite remote sensing technology has found its acceptance worldwide for rapidresource assessment and monitoring. Satelliteimages have been utilized for land use and land cover mapping. Land use/land cover data refers to data that is a result of classifying raw satellite data into "land use and land cover" (lulc) categories based on the return value of the satellite image. The term “land use” (LU) relates to the human activity or economic function associated with a specific piece of land, whereas the term “land cover” (LC) relates to the type of feature present on the surface of the earth. In this study, the study area is considered as 10 km from the project site inKuakandarvillage, Darjeeling district in West Bengal. Objectives  Delineation of Land use/ Land cover categories for the whole study area.  Generation of digital cartographic database using secondary data sources Satellite Image Analysis

Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 98

Landsat 8 cloud free data has been used for Land use/ land cover analysis and Aster GDEM data for analyzing topographic features, the details of satellite image are as follows: o Satellite Sensor – OLI_TIRS o Path and Row – Path 139, Row 42 o Spatial Resolution– 30 m o Date of Pass: 23rd March 2018 Ancillary Data: GIS and image-processing software are used to classify the image and for delineating drainage and other features in the study area. Figure 3.9 shows the colour composite satellite map of 10 km radius area from the proposed project site. Band combination was done from the collected satellite data to create the satellite map of the study area.

Figure 3.9: Satellite Image

3.7. Description of the Land Use Classes of the study area:

Satellite data was classified using supervised classification technique (Level 2 Classification). Maximum likelihood algorithm classifier was used for the analysis. Eight land use/ land cover classes were identified in ten sq. km area around the study area (Figure 3.10). Table 3.13 shows the information about the extent of land use/ land cover classes in the study area. The area under each class is calculated and given below. Table 3.13: Land use/ Land cover Statistics of Area within 10 km Radius LULC Classes Area (Ha) Percentage of total area (%) Crop Land 18570.24 59.07

Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 99

LULC Classes Area (Ha) Percentage of total area (%) Current Fallow 3623.94 11.53 Plantation 1269 4.04 Vegetation 2782.71 8.85 Scrub Land 634.5 2.02 Built-Up Area 2930.67 9.32 Waterbody 1028.7 3.27 Sandy 599.94 1.90 Total 31439.7 100.00

Figure 3.10: LULC Map

Generally a mixed land use pattern visible in and around study area. Crop Land (59.07%) dominates in the present land use study covering 10 km surrounding of the project site. Other land use types were current fallows (11.53%), built-up land (9.32%), vegetation which covers 8.85%, plantation (4.04%), water bodies (3.27%), scrub land (2.02%) and sandy region or exposed river beds (1.90%). Due to the proposed project there were no variations in the existing land use within the study area. But within in proposed project expansion area there may be some minor change in land use to built-up. Digital Elevation Model

A digital elevation model (DEM) is a digital model or 3D representation of a terrain‟s surface. The highest elevation in study is 123m and that of lowest is 25 m. The DEM of study area was represented in Figure 3.11. From the DEM it is also understood that, Northern region of the study area has an undulating terrain.

Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 100

Figure 3.11: Digital Elevation Model of 10 km Study Area

Drainage Map of the Study Area

A drainage system is the pattern formed by the streams, rivers, and lakes in a particular drainage basin. Drainage basin can be described by the order of streams within them. Streams that have no tributaries (or streams flowing into it) are termed first order streams. When the first order streams join together, they become second order steam. Two second order streams join to form third order stream and so on for forth and further orders. However, a stream may have a tributary with a lower order without becoming a higher order stream. Strahler method of ordering was used for giving order to drainage.

Drainage map is shown in Figure 3.12 shows highest order of drainage as 5th order. Drainage pattern within study area predominantly shows a dendritic type of drainage pattern. Mechi River flows through the Western side and Mahananda river runs on the Eastern side of the study area with respect to proposed project site.

Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 101

Figure 3.12: Drainage Pattern of 10 km Study Area

3.8. Topography

The topography of the project site is relatively flat. The soil is moderately alluvial. Loamy sand is predominant. The soil structure can be described as neither granular nor angular.

Mechi river and Swarnamati river the major river flowing close to the project site. It originates from the Himalayas and are perennial in nature, being fed by the melting snow of the glaciers.

Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 102

The proposed project is located in Seismic Zone IV as per IS: 1893 and all designs will be as per IS Codes.

Figure 3.13: Seismic Zones of West Bengal as per IS: 1893 – 1984

3.8.1 Contour:

Contouring is the standard method of representing relief on topographic maps. Contour lines are lines joining points of equal elevation on the surface of the ground. For a given map the vertical distance between adjacent contour lines or the contour interval is fixed i.e.20 m Figure 3.14. Contour map of 10 km radius around project site slightly shows an undulating terrain.

Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 103

Figure 3.14: Contour Map

3.8.2 Hydrogeology

Darjeeling District is the northernmost district of the state of West Bengal in eastern India in the foothills of the Himalayas. Geographically, the district can be divided into two broad divisions: the hills and the plains. The entire hilly region of the district comes under the Gorkhaland Territorial Administration, a semi-autonomous administrative body under the state government of West Bengal. The foothills of Darjeeling Himalayas, which comes under the Siliguri subdivision, is known as the Terai. The district is bounded on the north by Sikkim, on the south by Kishanganj district of Bihar state, on the east by Kalimpong district and on the west by Nepal.

The river Mahananda is one of the major northern tributary of the river Ganga, passing through Nepal, India and Bangladesh. It is bounded on the North by the Himalayas, the ridges separating it from the Teesta river system in the East, the Ganga on the South and the Kosi river system in the West. It is spread over districts of Purnea, Kishanganj, Araria and Katihar in Bihar and Malda, West Dinajpur and Darjeeling in West Bengal. It drains a total catchment area of 23,700 sqkm over a length of 137 km. The hilly catchment in Nepal pertains to tributaries of the Mahananda river namely Padma, Bekra, Eastern Kankai, Western Kankai and the Mechi, while that of the main river Mahananda lies in the Darjeeling district of West Bengal.

Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 104

The river Mechi is a major western tributary of Mahananda. The river Mechi a perennial river which rises in the inner valley of the Himalaya in Mahabharat range of hills in Nepal near Sindhuliagarhi at an elevation of 2,423 m at the Latitude 260 50′N and Longitude 880 7′E. The Hydro geological map of West Bengal and Darjeeling district are shown in figure 3.14 and 3.15 respectively

Figure 3.15: Hydrogeological map of West Bengal

Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 105

Figure 3.16: Hydrogeological map of Darjeeling

3.9 Biological Environment

3.9.1 Objectives

The present study was undertaken with the following objectives:

 To assess the nature and distribution of vegetation in and around the project site  To evaluate the distribution of animal life spectra, including avifauna and butterflies, available in this area

Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 106

 To ascertain whether the proposed project will have any adverse impact on the ecology in and around project areas, and suggest mitigation measures, if needed.

3.9.2 Survey Methodology

Sampling locations were identified for study on biological environment based on topography, vegetation structure, pattern and distribution. The observations were taken from different villages along agricultural field, marshy, land, waste land, riverside vegetation and built up and according to the objectives delineated for environmental impact Assessment studies.

3.9.3 Study Area

Project site is located at Vill Kuakandar; Mouza& P.O. Bhajanpur Dist. Darjeeling. As per guidelines of MoEF for Environmental Impact Assessment, the study area was restricted up to 10 km periphery of the project site. All observations were undertaken in January 2018 in the study area (Fig 3.16).

Fig 3.17: Study area for Biological Environment

3.9.4 Methodology  Primary data have been collected within project site as well as up to 10 Km from project site  Identified vegetation patterns at different locations through GIS map and physically surveyed representative sites  Different types of animals, including avifauna, available in this area, have been recorded

Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 107

 Secondary data, up to 10 Km boundary from the project site have been collected from literature, forest department, and discussions with local people & NGO a) Flora:

Dominant tree species in Study area are Azadirachta indica, Mangifera indica, Artocarpus heterophyllus and Ficus benghalensis.

Dominant families of plants recorded in the study area are Caesalpiniaceae, Mimosaceae, Euphorbiaceae, Cucurbitaceae, Papilionaceae. The area showed overall 63 plant species from 60 genera and 41 families. A list of dominant flora observed in study area are given in Table 3.14

Table 3.14: Presence of Vegetation up to10 Km Surroundings of the Project Site SN . Botanical name Common name Family Trees 1. Azadirachta indica Neem tree Meliaceae 2. Averrhoacarambola Amrakh Oxalidaceae 3. Albizzia lebbeck Sirish Fabaceae 4. Aegle marmelous Bael Rutaceae 5. Artocarpus heterophyllus jackfruit Moraceae 6. Acacia catechu Khair Fabaceae 7. Acacia nilotica Babul Fabaceae 8. Acacia auriculiformis Arteliyn Babul Mimosaceae 9. Adina cordifolia Haldu Rubiaceae 10. Bombax ceiba Samal Malvaceae 11. Boswelliaserrata Indian franki Burseraceae 12. Bauhinia variegata Kachanar Fabaceae 13. Citrus medica Nimbu Rutaceae 14. Cassia fistula Amaltash Fabaceae 15. Carica papaya Papaya Caricaceae 16. Cassia siamea Kashid Fabaceae 17. Casuarina equisetifolia Australian pine tree Casuarinaceae 18. Caesalpinia pulcherrima Krishnachaura Fabaceae 19. Ceibapentandra Kapok tree Bombacaceaeae 20. Dyospyrosmalaberica Komoi Ebenaceae 21. Dalbergia sisso Sisam Fabaceae 22. Delonix regia Gulmohar Caesalpiniaceae 23. Eucalyptus globolus Safeda Myrtaceae 24. Ficus benghalensis Wad Moraceae 25. Ficusracemosa Umber Moraceae 26. Erythrinavariegata Sunshine Tree Fabaceae 27. Ficus religiosa Pimpal Moraceae 28. Gardenia turgida Khahar Rubiaceae 29. Mitragynaparvifolia Karam Rubiaceae 30. Mangifera indica Aam Anacardiaceae

Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 108

SN . Botanical name Common name Family 31. Mimuso pselengi Molshri Sapotaceae 32. Nephelium litchi Litchi Sapindaceae 33. Pithecellobiumdulce Jungle jalebi Fabaceae 34. Pongamiapinnata Karanj Fabaceae 35. Prosopisjuliflora BilayatiBabool Fabaceae 36. Syzygiumcumini Jamun Myrtaceae 37. Tamarindus indica Imli Fabaceae 38. Tectona grandis Sag 39. Terminalia arjuna Arjun Combretaceae 40. Zizphus glaberrima Ber Rhamnaceae 41. Nerium indium Kaner (Red) Apocynaceae 42. Psidium guajava Amrud Myrtaceae Shrubs 1. Annona squamosa Sarifa Annonaceae 2. Cassia tora Tarota Fabaceae 3. Lantana camara Raimuniya Verbenaceae 4. Ricinus communis Arandi Euphorbiaceae 5. Solanum nigrum Regani Solanaceae 6. Colocasia esculenta Elephant ear Araceae Herbs 1 Achyranthesaspera - Amaranthaceae 2 Argemone mexicana Pivladhotra Papaveraceae Parthenium Gajar Grass/Congress 3 Asteraceae hysterophorus grass Grasses 1 Dendrocalamus strictus Bass Poaceae 2 Bambusa arundinacea Kat bass Poaceae 3 Saccharum spontaneum Kans Poaceae 4 Cynodon dactylon Dube Poaceae Palms 1 Borassus flabellifer Sugar palm Arecaceae 2 Phoenix sylyestris Khajoor Arecaceae Aq uatic Vegatation

1 Typhaelephantina Era Typhaceae 2 Hydrillaverticillata Hydrilla Hydrocharitaceae 3 Nymphaea lotus White lotus Nymphaeaceae 4 Nelumbo nucifera Indian lotus Nelumbonaceae 5 Cyperus rotundus Nutgrass Cyperaceae 6 Lemna perpusila Small Duckweed Lemnaceae Source: Species recorded by Ultratech team Working plan of Kishanganj & Darjeeling District

Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 109

b) Fauna:

Methodology:

Field observations of fauna were carried out. The commonly available mammals, reptiles, amphibians birds, butterflies and dragonflies within 10 km surroundings were enumerated. List of dominant fauna recorded in study area are given in Table 3.15.

Table 3.15: List of Dominant Fauna Recorded in Study Area

Status according SN Scientific Name Common Name to IWPA 1972 Mammals 1 Bostarus Cow Not enlisted 2 Bubalusbubalis Domestic buffalo Not enlisted 3 Capra hircusaegagrus Goat Not enlisted 5 Canis lupus familiaris Common dog Not enlisted 6 Canisaureus Jackal Sch. II 7 Herpestesedwardsii Common Mongoose Sch. II 8 Presbytis entellus Common Langur Sch. II 9 Macaca mulatta Rhesus monkey Sch. II 10 Rattus rattus House Rat Sch. V 11 Funambuluspalmarum Four Striped Palm Squirrel Sch. IV 12 Suncusmurinus Musk Shrew Sch. V 13 Pteropusgiganteus Indian fly fox Sch. V 14 Lepusnigricollis Indian hare Sch. IV Amphibians and Reptiles 10 Calotesversicolor Common Garden lizard - 11 Naja naja Cobra Sch. II 12 Ptyas mucosa Dhaman/Ret Snake Sch. II 13 Eryxjohnii Do-muha Sch. IV 14 Bungaruscaeruleus Common Krait Sch. IV 15 Chrysapelea ornate Flying Snake Sch. IV 16 Hylaranataipehensis Frog - 17 Euphlyctiscyanophlyctis Skipper - 18 Bufostomaticus Indian Marbled Toad 19 Ranahexadactyla Indian Pond Frog Sch. IV 20 Ranatigerinus Indian Bull Frog Sch. IV 21 Mabuyacarinata Brahminy Skink/ Bahmani - 22 Hemidactylusflaviviridis House Gecko/Chhipkali - Butterflies

19 Papiliopolytes Common Mormon Not enlisted 20 Papiliopolymnesfor Blue Mormon Not enlisted 21 JunoniaIemonias Lemon Pansy - 22 Euploea core Common Indian Crow Sch. IV

Environmentalflaviviridis Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 110

Status according SN Scientific Name Common Name to IWPA 1972 23 Danauschrysippus Plain Tiger Not enlisted

Table 3.16: List of Dominant Avifauna Recorded in Study Area

Status according to S.N Scientific Name Common Name IWPA-1972 1 Cuculuscanorus Common Cuckoo Sch. IV 2 Corvusmacrorhynchos Jungle crow Sch. IV 3 Streptopeliachinensis Spotted dove Sch. IV 4 Streptopeliadecaocto Indian ring dove Sch. IV 5 Streptopeliatranquebarica Red turtle dove Sch. IV 6 Sterna aurantia River Tern Sch. IV 7 Nectariniaasiatica Purple Sunbird Sch. IV 8 Turoidesstriatus Jungle Babbler Sch. IV 9 Ardeacinerea Grey Heron Sch. IV 10 Vanelluscinereus Red-wattled lapwing Sch. IV 11 Ardeolagrayii Indian Pond Heron Sch. IV 12 Francolinuspondicerianus Grey francolin Sch. IV 13 Psittaculakrameri Rose-ringed parakeet Sch. IV 14 Centropusbengalensis Lesser coucal Sch. IV 15 Meropsorientalis Green bee-eater Sch – IV 16 Apusaffinis House swift Sch – IV 17 Columba livia Rock pigeon Sch – IV 18 Halcyon smyrnensis White-throated kingfisher Sch. IV 19 Psittaculakrameri Rose-ringed parakeet Sch. IV 20 Egrettagarzetta Little egret Sch. IV 21 Bubulcus ibis Cattle egret Sch. IV 22 Corvussplendens House crow Sch. V 23 Dicrurusmacrocercus Black drongo Sch. IV 24 Acridotherestristis Common myna Sch. IV 25 Acridotheresginginianus Bank myna Sch. IV 26 Saxicoloidesfulicata Indian robin Sch. IV 27 Sturnuspagodarum Brahminy starling Sch. IV 28 Pycnonotuscafer Red-vented bulbul Sch. IV 29 Nectariniaasiatica Purple sunbird Sch. IV 30 Passer domesticus House sparrow Sch. IV 31 Microcarboniger Little cormorant Sch. IV 32 Himantopushimantopus Black wing Still Sch.IV 33 Saxicolacaprata Pied Bush chat Sch. IV 34 Anaspoecilorhyncha Spot bill duck Sch. IV 35 Elanuscaeruleus Black kite Sch.IV

Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 111

Status according to S.N Scientific Name Common Name IWPA-1972 36 Accipiter bediua Shikra Sch.IV 37 Milvusmigrana Pariha kite Sch.IV 38 Micropternusbrachyurus Rufous wood packer Sch.IV Source: Primary data generation by Ultratech team Working plan of Kishanganj&Darjeeling District

3.9.5 Park, Sanctuaries and Reserve Forest

No National Park, Sanctuary and Reserve Forest are present within 10 km from the Project site.

3.9.6 Aquatic Ecology

3.9.6.1 Sampling

Water samples within 10km periphery of project site were collected from Mechi River and Swarnamati River Samples from these water bodies were collected during January 2018 for phytoplankton and zooplankton analyses.

To enumerate phytoplankton, unfiltered surface waters were collected from the water bodies. Phytoplankton samples were immediately fixed in 2% Lugol‟s iodine solution so as to prevent adverse effects of light and temperature which might cause rapid decay of organisms (APHA 2005). Phytoplanktons were identified up to genera level using standard taxonomic keys. For zooplankton, about 40 liter water was filtered through plankton net having mesh size of 75µ to represent all the available groups. The samples were fixed immediately with 5 % buffered formalin and subsequently analysed under microscope in the laboratory with the help of Sedgwick rafter cell.

3.9.6.2 Observations a. Phytoplankton

Phytoplankton counts, recorded from Mechi River and Swarnamati River varied between140and 760No/ml (Table 3.17). Usually Phytoplankton reported from above locations showed dominance of Chlorophyceae followed by Bacillariophyceae, Cyanophyceae & Phaeophyceae members.. Altogether 11 genera of Phytoplankton were reported from 2 locations. Density of phytoplankton group was more in Mechi River. The Shannon Wiener index for phytoplankton varied from 1.4 to 2.2 indicating medium productive water.

Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 112

Table 3.17: Phytoplankton Counts Observed in Water Bodies Within Study Area Percent Composition of Algal groups SWI

Density No. Location (No/ml) Chloro- Cyano- Bacillario- Pheophyacea phyceae phyceae phyceae e Mechi 1.4 1 760 30 24 26 20 River Swarna 2.2 2 mati 140 32 22 24 22 River

 Ranges of Shannon Wiener Diversity Index

 <1: Indicate poor productive water  1-3 Indicate medium productive water  >3 Indicate good productive water

Table 3.18: Phytoplankton Genera Observed in Water Bodies Within Study Area SN Chlorophyceae Bacillariophyceae Cyanophyceae Pheophyaceae 1 Chlorella sp Cyclotellasp Microcystissp Ceratium sp. 2 Scytosiphon Cosmarium sp. Diatoma sp. Oscillatoriasp. sp. 3 Closterium sp. Pinullaria - - 4 Tetraedron - - -

b. Zooplankton

Zooplankton counts, recorded at Mechi River and Swarnamati River within study area are presented in Table 3.19. Density of zooplankton varied between 40 and 130 N/m3. Only 7 genera of zooplankton, dominated by Brachionussp, Diaptomussp. And Daphnia sp. were recorded. Rotifera was most dominant, followed by Copepoda and Cladocera. However, SWI indicates medium productive waters.

Table 3.19: Enumeration of Zooplankton in Surface Water Bodies Within Study Area Percent Composition of Zooplankton No. Sample Location Zooplankton Groups SWI (No/m3) Rotifera Copepoda Cladocera 1 Mechi River 40 56 34 10 1.2 2 Swarnamati River 130 45 45 10 2.2

 Ranges of Shannon Wiener Diversity Index

 <1: Indicate poor productive water  1-3 Indicate medium productive water  >3 Indicate good productive water

Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 113

Table 3.20: Zooplankton genera observed in Water Sample No. Rotifera Copepoda Cladocera 1 Asplanchna sp. Diaptomussp Alonella sp. 2 Brachionus sp. Cyclops sp. Bosmina sp. 3 - - Daphnia sp

3.10 Socio Economic Study

3.10.1 Objective

Socio-economic has been recognized as, a component of environment. It focuses primarily on the social and economic effects that are likely to occur as a result of the construction, operation of the project. It includes various factors, viz. demographic structure, availability of basic amenities such as housing, education, health and medical services, occupation, water supply, sanitation, communication and power supply, prevailing diseases in the region as well as features such as places of tourist attraction and monuments of archaeological importance. The study of these parameters helps in identifying predicting and evaluating the likely impacts due to project activity in the surrounding region. Any developmental activity exerts direct, indirect, positive and negative impacts on the socio-economic environment of the region.The objective of the study mostly based on the TOR (terms of reference).

General objectives of Social Impact Assessment (SIA) study as follows:-

 To identify and assess potential social impacts of the project.  To identify all potential significant adverse social impacts of the Project and recommend measures for mitigation.  To verify compliance with the environmental regulations and industry‟s standards.  To recommend cost effective measures to be implemented to mitigate the expected impact.  Prepare socio economic report to contribute in EIA reports.  To provide guidelines to stakeholders participating in the mitigation of adverse social impacts of the project.  Management and detailing findings and suggest recommendations.  Community consultation at planning and execution stage. The study area for socio economic assessment defined as an area within 500 m. radius for primary and for secondary data 10 km around the project site as per the statutory requirement of the Ministry of Environment & Forest. Designation of impact zone is based on the EIA guidance manual. Primary data and secondary data is use for socio economic study.

3.10.2 Data Collection

Data collection is a term used to describe a process of preparing and collecting data.Systematic gathering of data for a particular project from various sources, that has been systematically observed, recorded, organized.Data are the basic inputs to any decision making process in project.

Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 114

3.10.3 Primary Data Collection

The data collected from the field under the control and supervision of an investigator.This type of data is generally afresh and collected for the first time.It is useful for current studies as well as for future studies. While collecting primary data collectionin study area following methods are uses.

1. Observation Method 2. Focus group discussion (FGD) 3. Surveys and questionnaires.

3.10.4 Secondary Data Collection

Secondary data is „Data gathered and recorded by someone else prior to and for a purpose other than the current project.‟ Secondary data are collected from different offices like Census offices (India Census 2011), Statistical department, Health offices, Land and Revenue department, ZillaParishad and Non-Governmental Organizations.

3.10.5 Concept & Definitions

 Study Area: The study area, also known as impact area has been defined as the sum total of core area and buffer area with a distance of 10 Kilometres from the periphery of the core area. The study area includes all the land marks both natural and manmade, falling therein.  QoL: The Quality of Life (QoL) refers to degree to which a person enjoys the important possibilities of his/her life. The „Possibilities‟ result from the opportunities and limitations, each person has in his/her life and reflect the interaction of personal and environmental factors. Enjoyment has two components: the experience of satisfaction and the possession or achievement of some characteristic. Household: A group of persons who normally live together and take their meals from a common kitchen are called a household. Persons living in a household may be related or unrelated or a mix of both. However, if a group of related or unrelated persons live in a house but do not take their meals from the common kitchen, then they are not part of a common household. Each such person is treated as a separate household. There may be one-member households, two member households or multi-member households.  Sex Ratio: Sex ratio is the ratio of females to males in a given population. It is expressed as 'number of females per 1000 males'.  Literates: All persons aged 7 years and above who can both read and write with understanding in any language are taken as literate. It is not necessary for a person to have received any formal education or passed any minimum educational standard for being treated as literate. People who are blind but can read in Braille are also treated as literates.  Literacy Rate: Literacy rate of population is defined as the percentage of literates to the total population aged 7 years and above.  Labour Force: The labour force is the number of people employed and unemployed in a geographical entity. The size of the labour force is the sum total of persons employed and

Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 115

unemployed. An unemployed person is defined as a person not employed but actively seeking work. Normally, the labour force of a country consists of everyone of working age (around 14 to 16 years) and below retirement (around 65 years) that are participating workers, that is people actively employed or seeking employment. People not counted under labour force are students, retired persons, and stayat home people, people in prisons, permanently disabled persons and discouraged workers.

 Work: Work is defined as participation in any economically productive activity with or without compensation, wages or profit. Such participation may be physical and/or mental in nature. Work involves not only actual work but also includes effective supervision and direction of work. The work may be part time, full time, or unpaid work in a farm, family enterprise or in any other economic activity.

 Worker: All persons engaged in 'work' are defined as workers. Persons who are engaged in cultivation or milk production even solely for domestic consumption are also treated as workers.

 Main Workers: Those workers who had worked for the major part of the reference period (i.e. 6 months or more in the case of a year) are termed as Main Workers.

 Marginal Workers: Those workers who did not work for the major part of the reference period (i.e. less than 6 months) are termed as Marginal Workers.

 Work participation rate: The work participation rate is the ratio between the labour force and the overall size of their cohort (national population of the same age range). In the present study the work participation rate is defined as the percentage of total workers (main and marginal) to total population.

3.10.6 Project Site Details

The project site is located at R.S. Plot No 200; L.R. Plot No 481; Mouza – Bhajanpur; Village – Kuakandar; Dist – Darjeeling, West Bengal. 26°32'6.56"N Latitude and 88°9'0.19"ELongitude.

M/s Sarara Chemicals. is willing to install a plant for production of Urea-Formaldehyde Resin and Phenol-Formaldehyde Resin with the total capacity of 5400 MTPA, because of high market demand of the these synthetic resins, in the land of 1335.45m2 at R.S. Plot No 200; L.R. Plot No 481; Mouza – Bhajanpur; Village – Kuakandar; Dist – Darjeeling, West Bengal. The proposed project is satisfying the General Condition of the EIA Notification as the India-Nepal International boundary is in 4 km and the West Bengal-Bihar State Boundary is in 1.4 km from the project site. So the proposed project will be considered as Category A. Thus the unit is categorized under Category „A‟ of Schedule no. 5(f) for “Synthetic organic chemicals industry” as per EIA notification and its latest amendment.

Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 116

Figure 3.18: Project Location

Figure 3.19: Villages within 10 Km. Radius Area from Project Site.

3.10.7 Study Area

The study area means villages in 10 km radius of the project site. Topographical map, Village Map (Figure No.2) and Google earth maps were used to identify the villages & wards in 10 km radius.

As a matter of fact, all the surrounding area is part of rural & urban inhabitation. A total of 81 rural and urban inhabitationsfalls within the study area.The total population of the study area

Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 117

is about 464117constituting 93491households. The sex ratio of the study area as per census 2011 records as good at 946, whereas the sex ratio of the districts involved is 946 in Kishanganj (Bihar) and 970 in Darjiling (WB) district.

Table 3.21: List of Villages within 10 Km. Radius Area from Project Site District No of S.No. State/UTs_Name Name Name Households 1 West Bengal Darjiling Khopalasi 987 2 West Bengal Darjiling DhaknaGachh 34 3 West Bengal Darjiling Dhambhita 160 4 West Bengal Darjiling Guabari 465 5 West Bengal Darjiling MandilaJhar 1313 6 West Bengal Darjiling Bara 1492 PaikparaArazi 7 West Bengal Darjiling Lahugaon 2534 8 West Bengal Darjiling Dhakpara 682 9 West Bengal Darjiling Bhulka 62 10 West Bengal Darjiling Jibansing 313 11 West Bengal Darjiling Saheburam 421 12 West Bengal Darjiling Chayansing 444 13 West Bengal Darjiling PaschimRambandh 143 14 West Bengal Darjiling Chunilal 217 15 West Bengal Darjiling Kungarpur 107 16 West Bengal Darjiling Jamatulla 110 17 West Bengal Darjiling Badora 69 18 West Bengal Darjiling Balahijhora 292 19 West Bengal Darjiling Kelabari 568 20 West Bengal Darjiling Alokjhari 109 21 West Bengal Darjiling Barsadbhita 578 22 West Bengal Darjiling Kishordoba 868 23 West Bengal Darjiling Maynaguri 347 24 West Bengal Darjiling Tari 391 25 West Bengal Darjiling Chiku 94 26 West Bengal Darjiling Gadhira 236 27 West Bengal Darjiling KhuniaPukhari 508 28 West Bengal Darjiling Bilakshu 150 29 West Bengal Darjiling Duba 132 30 West Bengal Darjiling Bairagi 391 31 West Bengal Darjiling Rangmuni 283 32 West Bengal Darjiling Gayen 308 33 West Bengal Darjiling Debiganja 423 34 West Bengal Darjiling Bhajanpur 487 35 West Bengal Darjiling Chekarmari 170 36 West Bengal Darjiling Banchhabhita 329 37 West Bengal Darjiling Katia 364 38 West Bengal Darjiling Pataram 991

Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 118

District No of S.No. State/UTs_Name Name Name Households 39 West Bengal Darjiling Jagir 371 40 West Bengal Darjiling Dhupibhita 765 41 West Bengal Darjiling Dohaguri 325 42 West Bengal Darjiling Bagha 211 43 West Bengal Darjiling Deburam 210 44 West Bengal Darjiling Bhogbhita 641 45 West Bengal Darjiling Budhsing 163 46 West Bengal Darjiling Fulbari 182 47 West Bengal Darjiling Guabari 72 48 West Bengal Darjiling Manasa 125 49 West Bengal Darjiling ChuchurMuchur 372 50 West Bengal Darjiling Arjunmahal 291 51 West Bengal Darjiling Bagulahagi 165 52 West Bengal Darjiling SonaChandi 345 53 West Bengal Darjiling Bhattagachh 123 54 West Bengal Darjiling Shyamdhan (CT) 1122 55 West Bengal Darjiling Kharibari (CT) 1493 District No of S.No. State/UTs_Name Name Name Households 1 Bihar Kishanganj Thakurganj 54147 2 Bihar Kishanganj Bhatgaon 2644 3 Bihar Kishanganj Kudurbaghi 981 4 Bihar Kishanganj Modati 96 5 Bihar Kishanganj Kukurbaghi 432 6 Bihar Kishanganj ChakChaki 0 7 Bihar Kishanganj Akhra 0 8 Bihar Kishanganj KukurBaghiMilik 22 9 Bihar Kishanganj LatkukurBaghi 48 10 Bihar Kishanganj Patharia 1212 11 Bihar Kishanganj Nazagachh 1892 12 Bihar Kishanganj Churli 922 13 Bihar Kishanganj Churli 2474 14 Bihar Kishanganj Gothra 689 15 Bihar Kishanganj Kanakpur 1140 16 Bihar Kishanganj Gunjar Mari 337 17 Bihar Kishanganj Giddhnikola 311 18 Bihar Kishanganj Hulhuli 576 19 Bihar Kishanganj HulhuliMilikArazi 70 20 Bihar Kishanganj HulhuliMilikArazi 136 21 Bihar Kishanganj HulhuliMilikArazi 0 22 Bihar Kishanganj HulhuliMilikArazi 29 23 Bihar Kishanganj HulhuliMilikArazi 91 24 Bihar Kishanganj HulhuliMilikArazi 51

Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 119

District No of S.No. State/UTs_Name Name Name Households 25 Bihar Kishanganj LahugaonArazi 313 26 Bihar Kishanganj Dakpara 330 Source: Census 2011

3.10.8 Male and female population

Table 3.22: Distribution of Male and Female Population Total Population S.No. Name Males Females 1 Khopalasi 2934 2350 2 DhaknaGachh 88 96 3 Dhambhita 370 358 4 Guabari 1119 1084 5 MandilaJhar 3370 3272 6 Bara PaikparaArazi 3532 3367 7 Lahugaon 6468 6242 8 Dhakpara 1674 1648 9 Bhulka 148 158 10 Jibansing 758 713 11 Saheburam 1014 883 12 Chayansing 1103 1055 13 PaschimRambandh 389 374 14 Chunilal 602 590 15 Kungarpur 262 236 16 Jamatulla 254 252 17 Badora 162 167 18 Balahijhora 704 694 19 Kelabari 1313 1249 20 Alokjhari 267 262 21 Barsadbhita 1417 1254 22 Kishordoba 1867 1786 23 Maynaguri 897 807 24 Tari 853 883 25 Chiku 215 220 26 Gadhira 563 601 27 KhuniaPukhari 1163 1112 28 Bilakshu 379 383 29 Duba 372 323 30 Bairagi 1006 955 31 Rangmuni 738 673 32 Gayen 744 725 33 Debiganja 1061 981 34 Bhajanpur 1235 1166 35 Chekarmari 454 422

Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 120

Total Population S.No. Name Males Females 36 Banchhabhita 730 733 37 Katia 872 864 38 Pataram 2124 2017 39 Jagir 863 799 40 Dhupibhita 1824 1694 41 Dohaguri 711 694 42 Bagha 464 479 43 Deburam 486 482 44 Bhogbhita 1518 1473 45 Budhsing 414 410 46 Fulbari 395 415 47 Guabari 186 157 48 Manasa 298 302 49 ChuchurMuchur 863 819 50 Arjunmahal 746 742 51 Bagulahagi 422 391 52 SonaChandi 862 889 53 Bhattagachh 295 306 54 Shyamdhan (CT) 2655 2537 55 Kharibari (CT) 3389 3271 56 Thakurganj 140547 132776 57 Bhatgaon 6681 6076 58 Kudurbaghi 2383 2285 59 Modati 210 237 60 Kukurbaghi 1031 953 61 ChakChaki 0 0 62 Akhra 0 0 63 KukurBaghiMilik 55 50 64 LatkukurBaghi 104 108 65 Patharia 3069 2885 66 Nazagachh 5025 4800 67 Churli 2480 2298 68 Churli 6284 6000 69 Gothra 1797 1721 70 Kanakpur 3136 2963 71 Gunjar Mari 941 868 72 Giddhnikola 927 836 73 Hulhuli 1567 1428 74 HulhuliMilikArazi 189 200 75 HulhuliMilikArazi 335 319 76 HulhuliMilikArazi 0 0 77 HulhuliMilikArazi 84 83 78 HulhuliMilikArazi 215 206

Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 121

Total Population S.No. Name Males Females 79 HulhuliMilikArazi 119 119 80 LahugaonArazi 771 754 81 Dakpara 932 843 Source: Census 2011

Figure 3.20: Male-Female Population Distribution Chart

While dealing study area (10 Km radius from project site) as per secondary data (Population Census 2011) the total population is 464117 in 93491 total households. Mail population is 238494 and female population is 225623. Highest population in study area is in Thakurganj (273323).

 Male –Female Ratio is: 1000 Male: 946 Female  Population Density in study area is: 1478per Sq. Km. (Population Density = Number of People/Land Area).

3.10.9 Religion:

The predominant religions of Darjeeling are Shaivite Hinduism and Vajrayana Buddhism, followed by Christianity. Indigenous communities such as the Lepchas, the Limbus, and many others, also practice Animism and Shamanism which is very often, but not always, intermixed with the more mainstream Hinduism and Buddhism.

Dashain, Tihar, Losar, Buddha Jayanti, Christmas are the main festivals. Besides, the diverse ethnic populace of the town also celebrates several local festivals. Buddhist ethnic groups which include the Tibetans, Lepchas, Bhutias, Sherpas, Yolmos, Gurungs, and Tamangs celebrate their new year, called Losar, in January/February, MagheSankranti, ChotrulDuchen and TendongLhoRumfaat. The KirantiRai people (Khambus) celebrate their annual Sakela festivals of Ubhauli and Udhauli. Deusi and Bhaileni are songs performed by men and women respectively, during the festival of Tihar. All these provide a regional distinctness to

Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 122

Darjeeling's local culture from the rest of India. Darjeeling Carnival, initiated by a civil society movement known as The Darjeeling Initiative, is a ten-day carnival held yearly during the winter with portrayal of the Darjeeling Hill's musical and cultural heritage as its central theme.

A vast majority of the people live in the villages. Kishanganj is the only district in Bihar, which is Muslim majority, with Muslims forming about 70 per cent of the population, there are also Hindus of whom are Surajpuris (Rajbanshi). There also are small Santal pockets. Most of the inhabitants of Kishanganj speak Maithili and Surajpuri languages.

3.10.10 SC and ST Population:

The proportion of Scheduled Caste (SC) population within the study area is 15.5%. The proportion of Scheduled tribe (ST) within the study area is 9.1%. Whereas this proportion in the districts, Schedule Caste (SC) constitutes 6.7% while Schedule Tribe (ST) were 3.8% of total population in Kishanganj district of Bihar. And Schedule Caste (SC) constitutes 17.2% while Schedule Tribe (ST) was 21.5% of total population in Darjeeling district of West Bengal.

Table 3.23: SC and ST Population Distribution Total SC Total ST S.No. Name Population Population Males Females Males Females 1 Khopalasi 320 329 400 419 2 DhaknaGachh 0 0 79 88 3 Dhambhita 270 257 21 23 4 Guabari 734 723 113 109 5 MandilaJhar 1188 1103 1539 1505 6 Bara 1259 1152 668 670 PaikparaArazi 7 Lahugaon 1684 1617 425 492 8 Dhakpara 790 792 103 106 9 Bhulka 33 39 115 119 10 Jibansing 682 644 20 17 11 Saheburam 622 517 179 171 12 Chayansing 1054 1017 31 28 13 PaschimRambandh 56 45 235 231 14 Chunilal 79 90 455 438 15 Kungarpur 228 207 28 22 16 Jamatulla 247 246 7 6 17 Badora 154 153 0 0 18 Balahijhora 544 563 0 0 19 Kelabari 858 812 32 29 20 Alokjhari 87 66 0 0 21 Barsadbhita 852 729 11 10 22 Kishordoba 1011 961 140 144 23 Maynaguri 497 428 223 235

Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 123

Total SC Total ST S.No. Name Population Population Males Females Males Females 24 Tari 303 284 246 274 25 Chiku 31 27 166 164 26 Gadhira 101 98 369 404 27 KhuniaPukhari 713 697 83 75 28 Bilakshu 144 161 84 85 29 Duba 325 288 2 1 30 Bairagi 599 592 118 102 31 Rangmuni 86 80 102 111 32 Gayen 317 300 0 0 33 Debiganja 191 199 11 11 34 Bhajanpur 679 636 266 258 35 Chekarmari 84 73 301 295 36 Banchhabhita 499 489 141 154 37 Katia 667 644 42 48 38 Pataram 1404 1276 142 148 39 Jagir 536 471 258 276 40 Dhupibhita 1111 1023 30 5 41 Dohaguri 572 572 42 27 42 Bagha 183 176 114 130 43 Deburam 334 328 100 108 44 Bhogbhita 823 783 316 357 45 Budhsing 296 289 26 28 46 Fulbari 56 51 255 276 47 Guabari 177 148 3 5 48 Manasa 64 63 215 222 49 ChuchurMuchur 114 103 583 572 50 Arjunmahal 333 329 170 183 51 Bagulahagi 163 153 254 234 52 SonaChandi 5 6 709 722 53 Bhattagachh 127 148 158 155 54 Shyamdhan (CT) 2178 2105 12 8 55 Kharibari (CT) 1219 1206 49 47 56 Thakurganj 7054 6609 7385 7285 57 Bhatgaon 692 643 316 308 58 Kudurbaghi 119 112 689 722 59 Modati 2 1 147 175 60 Kukurbaghi 44 35 201 210 61 ChakChaki 0 0 0 0 62 Akhra 0 0 0 0 63 KukurBaghiMilik 0 0 55 50 64 LatkukurBaghi 0 0 0 0 65 Patharia 159 138 590 621

Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 124

Total SC Total ST S.No. Name Population Population Males Females Males Females 66 Nazagachh 238 269 125 135 67 Churli 12 11 0 0 68 Churli 625 586 173 167 69 Gothra 55 47 0 0 70 Kanakpur 84 83 4 6 71 Gunjar Mari 1 2 2 4 72 Giddhnikola 202 172 13 11 73 Hulhuli 62 63 587 550 74 HulhuliMilikArazi 0 0 80 102 75 HulhuliMilikArazi 0 0 146 139 76 HulhuliMilikArazi 0 0 0 0 77 HulhuliMilikArazi 0 0 62 61 78 HulhuliMilikArazi 24 26 165 159 79 HulhuliMilikArazi 0 0 29 28 80 LahugaonArazi 2 1 69 77 81 Dakpara 0 0 75 63 Source: Census 2011

3.11 Traffic Survey

The traffic survey, to ascertain the traffic density in the study area was conducted on the NH 327 in front of the project site. The composition of Traffic includes two wheelers, three wheelers, four wheeler (Passenger Cars) and four wheeler like heavy vehicles like Trucks, Lorries, Bus, etc. The recommended PCU Factors for various types of vehicles on Urban Roads has been adopted from IRC 106-1990 guidelines as shown in Table 3.24.

Table 3.24: Recommended PCU Factors on Urban Roads Types of Vehicles Passenger Car Equivalency (PCE) Motor Cycle or Scooter (2-Wheeled) 0.75 Passenger Car, Pick-up van 1 Auto-rickshaw (3-Wheeled) 2.0 Light Commercial Vehicle 2.0 Truck or Bus 3.7 Bicycle 0.5

Thus, volume of vehicles was estimated as: PCU unit = No of vehicles* x PCE of those particular

Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 125

Figure 3.21: Location of the Node for Traffic Survey

Traffic study was carried out at NH 327 in front of the project site plant as shown in Figure 3.20.

Data was collected by physically counting the number of vehicles plying in both directions. The hourly counts were carried out for the different type/category of vehicles. The variation in the traffic flow at the given road along with the number of vehicles during peak hour & lean hour is presented in the Table 3.25 and Figure 3.21.

Table 3.25: Traffic Survey, Node I During Peak During Lean During Lean During Peak Hrs. Hrs. (No. of Hrs. Vehicles in Hrs. (No. of Vehicles in SN Vehicle Type vehicles/hr) PCU‟s vehicles/hr) PCU‟s 1 Two Wheelers 63 47 128 96 2 Three Wheelers 8 16 21 42 3 Cars 96 96 189 189 4 Buses 6 22 14 52 5 Trucks/Lorries 9 33 18 67 Total 182 214 370 446

Lean Hrs: Before 8.00 hrs (morning), 13.00 to 17.00 hrs afternoon & after 21.00 hrs (evening) Peak Hrs: Between 8.00 to 13.00 hrs& 17.00 to 21.00 hrs in the evening

Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 126

Figure 3.22: No‟s of vehicles during peak hour & lean hour

3.11.1 Existing Traffic Scenario & Level of Service

Capacity of road as per IRC = 1500 PCU‟s/hr Total Volume in PCUs during Peak Hours = 446 Existing Volume/Capacity ratio = 446/1500= 0.30 The level of service is “B” that is VERY GOOD. Table 3.26: Level of Service

Sl. No. Existing Volume/Capacity Level of Services 1 0.0 to 0.2 “A” (Excellent) 2 0.2 to 0.4 “B” (Very Good) 3 0.4 to 0.6 “C” (Good) 4 0.6 to 0.8 “D” (Fair) 5 0.8 to 1.0 “E” (Poor)

During the proposed expansion of project an addition of maximum 10 trips per day (i.e. 5 trucks per day to and fro) of trucks is envisaged. To understand that impact due this addition the following modified scenarios on the access roads is discussed. The Node I is shown in the figure.

3.11.2 Modified Traffic Scenario & Level of Service

5 additional trucks i.e. 10 trips assume to enter and exit during peak hrs for the proposed project (worst case scenario).

Node I: ~5 trucks of 10 additional volume in PCU will be 3.7x10/9 = 4.1 per hour duringpeak hours.

Traffic Flow at Node I

Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 127

Total volume during peak hours in PCUs after completion of the project (V) = 446+4.1 = 450.1

Capacity of Road as per IRC (C) = 1500 PCU‟s/hr

Modified Existing Volume/Capacity ratio will be (V/C) = 450.1/1500 = 0.30. The level of service of the road will be “B” after the proposed project that is “VERY GOOD”.

The above results indicated that the post project scenarios will contribute to addition in existing traffic, the level of service will continue to be VERY GOOD. Traffic will continue to run smoothly without congestion and no widening of road is anticipated.

Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 128

Figure 3.23: Baseline Monitoring Photographs

Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 129

CHAPTER 4- ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT, PREDICTION AND MITIGATION MEASURES

4.1. Introduction

Environmental Impact can be defined as any change in environmental conditions which may adverse or beneficial occurred due to an action or set of actions under consideration.

Prediction of environmental impacts is the most important component in the impact assessment study, as it provides quantitative information on anticipated environmental impacts from a project well in advance. Several mathematical/statistical techniques and methodologies are available for predicting impacts from developmental projects on the surrounding physicochemical, ecological and socio-economic components of environment.

Generally, the environmental impacts can be categorized as either primary or secondary. Primary impacts are those, which are attributed directly and secondary impacts are those, which are indirectly induced and typically include the associated investment and changed patterns of social and economic activities by the proposed action.

The chapter presents identification and appraisal of various impacts arising from the proposed project, in the study area. The construction and operational phase of the proposed unit comprises of various activities, each of which may have an impact on some or other environmental parameters. Various impacts during the construction and operational phase on the environmental parameters have been studied and are discussed. The proposed project would create impact on the environment in two distinct phases:

During the construction phase which may be regarded as temporary or short term; and during the operation phase which would have long-term effects.

4.1.1. Identification of Impacts

Identification of significant environmental impact is essential in the preparation of EIA report, an attempt has been made here through the use of matrix.

The proposed expansion project divided in to two phases;

1. Construction phase 2. Operation phase The activities belonging to the industrial project have been grouped and arranged in rows. The environmental parameters, which are potentially impacted, have been arranged in columns. The Matrix, thus, establishes the possible “cause-effect” relationship and identifies the environmental factors being impacted and activities responsible for the same.

4.1.2. Impact during Construction Phase

Total construction activity involves construction of factory sheds, installation of boiler, resin kettle, DG set, APC devices etc and erection of storage tanks, Office buildings, ETP etc. Therefore there will be no significant impact on environment during construction phase.

Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 130

The construction Phase involves the following activities

 Erection of plant and Construction  Installation of equipments  Transportation  Material Handling  Employment of Labour

Air, Noise level, Soil and flora and fauna parameters are likely to be affected by above said activities. Table 4.1: Impact Prediction during Construction Phase Health Air Soil Water Flora Fauna Social Sound Parameters/Activities and safety

Site Cleaning and Õ Õ - - - - Õ Õ leveling

Excavation Õ Õ - - - - Õ Õ

Erection of plant and Õ Õ - - - - Õ Õ Construction

Installation of - - - - Õ Õ equipments

Transportation Õ Õ - - - - Õ Õ

Material Handling Õ - - - - - Õ

Employment - - - - - Õ Õ

Plantation Õ Õ Õ Õ - Õ Õ

Impact Assessment

The assessment of impacts involves the determination of nature and potential of impact due to the industrial activities or other related actions. It also determines whether the impacts are positive or negative as well as short term or long term impact. The quantitative and qualitative impacts have been assessed.

Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 131

Table 4.2: Assessment of Predicted Impact during Construction Parameters/Activities Air Soil Water Flora Fauna Social Health Sound and safety

Site Cleaning and (-ve) (-ve) - - - - (-ve) (-ve) leveling S.T S.T S.T S.T

Excavation (-ve) (-ve) - - - - (-ve) (-ve) S.T S.T S.T S.T

Erection of plant and (-ve) (-ve) - - - - (-ve) (-ve) Construction S.T S.T S.T S.T

Installation of ------(-ve) (-ve) equipments S.T S.T

Transportation (-ve) - - - - - (-ve) (-ve) S.T S.T S.T

Material Handling (-ve) - - - - - (-ve) S.T S.T

Employment - - - - - (+ve) (+ve) L.T L.T

Plantation (+ve) (+ve) (+ve) (+ve) (+ve) - (+ve) (+ve) L.T L.T L.T L.T L.T L.T L.T

(-ve): Negative, (+ve): positive, S.T: Short term, L.T: long Term

4.2. Environment Impact & Mitigation Measures During Construction Phase

4.2.1. Air Environment

The impact due to the construction activities will be short time or for limited period. The main sources for impact of air quality during construction period is due to movement of vehicles and construction equipment at site, dust emitted during levelling, grading, earthmoving, foundation works, transportation of construction material etc. Hence, during the construction phase, particulate matter (PM10& PM2.5) would be the main pollutants. Particulate matter in an ambient air will increase since the top soil is loose and local meteorological conditions.

The emissions from vehicles and construction equipment could also be of some concern on a local level.

Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 132

 Mitigation Measures

The dust generated will also be fugitive in nature, which can be controlled by frequent sprinkling of water. The impacts will be localized and short time in nature and the areas outside the project are not likely to have major impact with respect to ambient air quality.

The construction of proposed units would result in the increase of SPM concentrations due to fugitive dust. Frequent water sprinkling in the vicinity of the construction sites would be undertaken and will be continued after the completion of plant construction as there is scope for heavy truck mobility. It will be ensured that diesel powered vehicles will be properly maintained to comply with exhaust emission requirements.

4.2.2. Water Environment:

During the construction phase, sewage generation due to construction labours can impact the surrounding areas. For the labours, temporary toilets will be constructed.

 Mitigation Measures:

The overall impact on water environment during construction phase due to will be temporary and insignificant

4.2.3. Noise Environment:

During construction phase, construction equipment, including dozer, scrapers, concrete mixers, generators, vibrators and power tools, and vehicles will be the major source of noise. Most of construction activities are expected to produce noise level within the prescribed limit. The noise generated from various sources will be of short duration and only at day time period. Therefore, no significant impact is envisaged in the construction phase.

 Mitigation Measures:

The noise control measures during the construction phase include provision of caps on the construction equipment and regular maintenance of the equipment. Equipment will be maintained appropriately to keep the noise level within 75 dB(A). Wherever possible, equipment will be provided with silencers and mufflers. High noise producing construction activities will be restricted to daytime only. Further, workers deployed in high noise areas will be provided with necessary protective devices such as ear plug, ear-muffs etc. Overall, the impact due to increase in noise on the environment would be insignificant, localized and confined to the day hours.

4.2.4. Land Environment:

 Impact on Land use

Preparatory activities like construction of access roads, temporary offices, and go-downs, piling, storage of construction materials etc. will be confined within the project area. These will not exercise any significant impact except altering the land use pattern of the project site. No forestland is involved. Therefore, impact will be negligible.

Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 133

4.2.5. Ecology and Biodiversity:

The impact on ecology and biodiversity will be insignificant during the construction phase. No tree will be destroyed.

4.2.6. Socio-economic Environment:

The socio-economic impacts during the construction phase of the proposed unit would result due to migrant workers, induced development etc. Increase in floating population. This project will provide temporary employment of skilled and highly skilled manpower. The local people will have employment opportunities in related service activities like petty commercial establishments, small contracts/sub-contracts and supply of construction materials for buildings and ancillary infrastructures etc. consequently, this will contribute to economic up-liftment of the area. Normally, the construction activity will benefit the local population in a number of ways, which include the increase in requirement of construction skilled, semi-skilled and un-skilled workers, tertiary sector employment and provision of goods and services for daily needs including transport.

 Local people will be given preference for employment depending on their suitability;  All the applicable guidelines under the relevant Acts and Rules related to labour welfare and safety will be implemented during the construction phase;  The contractors will be advised to provide fire wood/kerosene/LPG to the workers to prevent cutting of nearby trees for firewood; and  The construction site will be secured with fencing and is having guarded entry points.

4.3. Environment Impact & Mitigation Measures During Operation Phase

The major project activities and the affected environmental parameters are given below.

Project Activities

 Manufacturing of two types of synthetic resin i.e. Urea-Formaldehyde Resin (U-F Resin) and Phenol-Formaldehyde Resin (P-F Resin)  Bulk storage of raw materials  Bulk Storage of finished product  Transportation of raw materials, products and personnel.

Pollution Sources:

 Emission of particulate matter from the boiler  Emission of flue gas from the DG set  Fugitive emissions  Waste water from the process  Solid wastes (Hazardous waste, ETP sludge etc.)  Noise from machinery, D.G. sets, and vehicular movement.

Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 134

Affected Environmental Parameters

 Air quality  Water resources & quality  Noise level  Soil quality  Biological  Socio-economics

4.3.1. Impact on Air Quality

4.3.1.1. Sources of Air Pollution

The operational activities of project are usually expected to have long-term impacts on air quality.

The major source of air pollution due to proposed project will be the emission of particulate matter from the burning of 200kgs of coal per hour in boiler which is needed to be controlled before discharge into the atmosphere.

The fugitive emissions are likely to arise during various stages of operations such as raw material unloading, transfer and storage of raw material and finished products etc. The concentrations of pollutants at the ground levels have been computed using computer simulation model to assess the impact of emissions for the proposed project.

4.3.1.2. Air Dispersion Model Used

 Impact on Air Quality

M/s Sarara Chemicals is a proprietorship concern having its office at Village Kuakandar; Mouza & P.O. Bhajanpur; P.S. Khoribari; Dist. Darjeeling.

M/s Sarara Chemicals is planning to install a plant for production of Synthetic Resin with a capacity of 5400 MTPA, in the land of 1335.45 m2 at R.S. Plot No 200; L.R. Plot No 481; Mouza – Bhajanpur; Village – Kuakandar; Dist – Darjeeling, West Bengal

Air quality impact is envisaged due to operation of proposed 1 TPH boilers ( using Coal) Unit. Hence, Particulate Matter (PM) and Sulphur Dioxide (SO2) are expected as pollutants from operations.

Ground level concentrations (GLCs) have been predicted using AERMODCloud software. The application incorporates popular U.S. EPA air dispersion models AERMOD and ISCST3 into one integrated graphical interface.

 Input to Model

The stack details and flue gas characteristics of proposed Boilers are provided below:

Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 135

Table 4.3: Stack Emission Boiler Configuration Capacity - 1 MT/hr Type of Fuel Coal Calorific value 4,500 Kcal /Kg Ash: 20% Coal (Ash and Sulphur percentage) Sulphur S :0.04 – 0.05% Fuel Feeding Rate 200 kg/hr Number of Stacks 1 Material of construction Mild Steel Shape (round rectangular) Circular Stack Height from ground level (m) 30 m Stack Dia. (m) 0.4 m Exhaust Gas Temperature (0C) 120 Exit Gas Velocity (m/s) 8.0 Volumetric flow rate (m3/s) 0.75 APCE (Air pollution control equipment) Cyclone Separator Proposed Emission Rate of PM (gm/sec) carried for 0.04 impact assessment Emission Rate of SO2 (gm/sec) carried for 0.01 impact assessment Emission Rate of NOx (gm/sec) 0.008

Hourly meteorological data recorded at site for Janury - February-March- 2018 on wind speed, direction and temperature is used as input. Site specific wind-rose for this season is shown in Figure 4.1.

Figure 4.1: Site Specific Wind Rose (Period: Janu- Feb-Mar 2018)

Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 136

In the short-term simulations, the incremental ground level concentrations were estimated to obtain an optimum description of variations in concentrations within 10 km radius w.r.t. stack attached to proposed Boiler as centre.

 Prediction

The predicted results are tabulated below in Table 4.4 while dispersion trend is shown as isopleths through Figure 4.2(a), 4.2(b) and 4.2(c) for PM 10 SO2 and Nox respectively.

Table 4.4: Predicted 24-Hourly Short Term Maximum Incremental Ground Level Concentration

Pollutants Maximum Incremental Distance, Direction Levels, µg/m3 Km PM 10 0.043 0.85 NE

SO2 0.011 0.85 NE Nox 0.009 0.85 NE

The maximum incremental GLCs (Refer Table 4.4) of PM 10 SO2 and Nox are superimposed on the baseline concentrations recorded during the study period to arrive at the likely resultant concentrations after operation of boiler. The cumulative concentration (baseline + incremental) is tabulated below in Table 4.5.

Table 4.5: Resultant Ambient Concentrations after Expansion Concentrations are expressed in g/m3

Pollutants Incremental Baseline Resultant CPCB Limit for Industrial, Concen- Concen- Concen- Residential, Rural & Other trations trations** trations Area PM 10 0.043 74.44 74.483 100 SO2 0.011 5.99 6.001 80 NOx 0.009 60.97 60.979 80 ** - Avg. Baseline concentration in study area  Impact Assessment

Ambient air quality in study area w.r.t. PM 10 So2 and Nox is within NAAQS 2009 as seen from Table-4 above. Hence, any significant impact is not envisaged.

 Mitigation Measures

Ambient air quality will be within NAAQS 2009 as mentioned above. Cyclone Separator is proposed as air pollution control measures to proposed boilers. Also, stacks of adequate height i.e. 30 m are proposed attached to boilers to disperse flue gases.

Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 137

Figure 4.2(a): Short Term 24 Hourly Incremental GLCs of PM

Figure 4.2 (b): Short Term 24 Hourly Incremental GLCs of SO2

Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 138

Figure 4.2 (C) : Short Term 24 Hourly Incremental GLCs of NOx

 Conclusion

The predicted ground level concentrations obtained when superimposed on the average baseline concentrations observed during study period resultant concentrations are within the prescribed NAAQ Standards. Hence, it can be concluded that there will not be any ill impact because of the said project. Whereas probable negligible impacts will be maintained so as to control shock load and intern to keep the air quality pollutant free.

Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 139

4.3.2. Water Environment

The quantitative and qualitative information on water utilization, waste water generation and its disposal in the proposed industry is covered in Chapter 2.

The quantity of water drawn will be around 4.6 KLD . The water will come from a bore well inside the project site. The water will be stored in a 3KL overhead tank.

4.3.3. Water Budget

Water requirement is given in Flow diagram in Figure 4.3. The total fresh water requirement will be around 4.6KL per day and will be met through ground water, out of which 1.1KL will be used for domestic purpose from where around 0.9KL sewage water will be generated which will be flowed to septic tank followed by soak pit. For industrial use, around 2.1KL water will be required out of which 0.2KL will be used in production process, 0.7KL will be used in boiler, 0.5KL will be required for cooling water makeup and around 0.7KL will be used for kettle and floor washing. Around 0.7KL waste water is expected to be generated as effluent which will be treated in ETP. Around 0.6KL treated effluent per day is expected to be

Intake 4.6 KLD

Domestic 1.1 KLD Gardening 2 KLD Industrial 2.1 KLD (Fresh Water – 1.4 KLD & Treated Water – 0.6 KLD)

Sewage 0.9 KLD

Process Boiler Cooling Kettle & Floor Septic Tank Followed 0.2 KLD 0.7 KLD Makeup Wash 0.7 KLD

by Soak Pit 0.5 KLD 0.6 KLD Treated Water Treated KLD 0.6 Treated ETP Effluent 0.7 KLD Water 0.6 KLD generated which will be used for gardening purpose.

Figure 4.3: Water Budget

4.3.4. Design of Effluent Treatment and Recycle Schemes.

The manufacturing process will consume around 2.1KLD water will be required out of which 0.2KL will be used in production process, 0.7KL will be used in boiler, 0.5KL will be required for cooling water makeup and around 0.7KL will be used for kettle and floor washing. Around

Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 140

0.7KL waste water is expected to be generated as effluent which will be treated in ETP. Around 0.6KL treated effluent per day is expected to be generated which will be used for gardening purpose. So there will be no discharge of waste water.

To treat the wastewater the effluent will be collected in an equalizer tank through screen. It will be then taken to mixing cum primary sedimentation tank, where Lime solution (20gm/L) and Alum (4gm/L) or Polyelectrolyte will be dozed for flocculation and sedimentation. The sludge from the primary sedimentation tank will be taken to sludge bed. The treated water from primary sedimentation tank will be pH corrected, where acid will be dosed to get a neutral pH. The wastewater will then to be aerated for 10 hrs with nutrients and to be settled for another 10 hrs. The effluent is then to be passed through 3 nos. activated carbon columns. The water will then to be chlorinated. The treated water from tank will be discharged or reused.

The dry sludge will be stored after collection from the sludge bed.

The domestic wastewater shall be generated @ of 900 Lit/day. The domestic effluent shall be disposed off through septic tank/soak pit system.

The proposed units of ETP are as follows

Figure 4.4: ETP flow Diagram

4.3.5. Mitigation Measures

The action plan is prepared to ensure that there is no discharge of effluent creating nuisance during rainy season.

 There will be no unattended storage of effluent. Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 141

 Pre-monsoon inspection shall be carried out to ensure that there will not be any rain-wash pollution in the eventuality of rain run on or rain run-off.

 The ETP and sludge beds also will be taken care off during pre-monsoon inspection. Water Resources

 Fresh water need to the industries will be minimized by taking appropriates reuse and recycle measures as discussed in chapter-2.

 Planned storm water drainage network will be provided and maintained to avoid contamination of rain water with factory waste water and other waste materials.

Waste Water

The quantity and quality of waste water in the plant will be controlled by following measures.

 Maximum recycle of process water in gardening purpose.  Control of water taps, hose pipe washings, leakages from pump glands and flanged joints and overflow of vessels are monitored and controlled.  Effluent treatment plant (ETP) facilities as envisaged in chapter 2 will be installed and shall be upgraded from time to time as required.  Effluent treatment plants will be operated scientifically to treat to the waste water to WBPCB standards.  Treated waste water from ETP will be partially utilized for as makeup for cooling water and the rest will be evaporated. So there will be no discharge of Treated Waste Water.

4.3.6. Impact on Soil & Mitigation

In the proposed unit, during operational phase, there is very less chance of soil contamination as –

 RCC flooring will be done at manufacturing and materials storage area.  The preventive maintenance will be planned to avoid the failure of valve, pipe lines and other component of transferring line  All the chemical handling will be carried out on proper RCC area to prevent from soil contamination.

4.4. Solid Waste

The details of hazardous and non-hazardous waste are given in Table No. 4.6.

Following mitigation practice is the policy for future:

A. Non-Hazardous Solid Waste:

Based on the above working, the summary of the non-hazardous waste is given below:

Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 142

Table 4.6: Non-Hazardous Solid Waste Sl Waste Quantity Disposal No 1 Dry Garbage 4 Kg/day To be disposed in panchayat vat 2 Wet Garbage 6 Kg/day To be disposed in panchayat vat B. Hazardous Solid Waste:

The main source of hazardous waste generation from proposed activity is dried sludge from ETP and Evaporation residue.

The other source of hazardous waste generation from proposed activity are discarded containers/ Barrel / bags from storage and handling of raw materials and spent/used oil generation from plant machinery..

The unit will obtain membership of active Common Environmental Infrastructure TSDF at Haldia for proper disposal of hazardous waste. The unit has provided dedicated storage area for the hazardous waste storage within premises having impervious floor and roof cover system. The details of hazardous waste generation and handling / Management are given in Table 4.7. Table 4.7: Details of Hazardous Waste generation and Disposal Types of Sr. No. Quantity Mode of Disposal Waste 5 Collection, Storage, Transportation, Disposal at 1. ETP Sludge Kg/Month TSDF site. Used oil/ spent 15 Collection, Storage, Transportation, Sell to 2 oil Lit/Year Registered Pre-processor 50 3 Bags Sold to Registered Recycler Nos./Day Their mitigation measures are discussed below.

Mitigation Policy

 Minimization at all levels will be attempted for discarded products, empty containers, packing surpluses, incoming raw material unloading spillages and fugitives.  The plant will produce very less amount of scrap materials. All these, however, be carefully stored on raised platform with dwarf toe walls all around, and a roof over-head. The contents will not be held in the premises for more than a fortnight.  This waste along with ETP sludge and evaporation residue will be transported to the Common Hazardous Waste Treatment and Disposal site for proper treatment and disposal at TSDF site  We will buy raw materials in tankers/drums/bags. The drums /bags will be sent back to raw material supplier or will be sold to registered recycler.

Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 143

4.4.1. Nuisance Due To Odour

Odour can be of some sensitivity in chemical industries. However, in this case majority input is odorless, and only few are pungent nature but less in quantity and handled in closed fashion. Referring to the MSDS details of their odour properties are as mentioned below:

Table 4.8: Odour Emissions Chemical Quantity Quantity Org: O Sr. Name of Odor Name (MT/ (MT State Inorg:I No. Chemicals Nature Month) /Day) 1 Formaldehyde Formaldehyde 313 12.5 Liquid O Pungent. (37%) 2 Phenol Carbolic Acid 43 1.7 Liquid O Aromatic 3 Industrial Urea Carbonyl 88 3.5 Solid O Odourless diamide 4 Caustic Soda Sodium 2.5 0.1 Solid I Odourless Hydroxide 5 Acetic Acid Acetic Acid 0.16 0.006 Liquid O Pungent 6 Yellow -- 0.05 0.002 Solid O Dextrin Powder/ Odourless Maize Starch White

Mitigation

 Chilled water will be used in condenser & breather to control process emission and solvent losses.

 Reactor‟s vent lines, wherever required will be connected to condenser system, with chilled water, for condensing the volatiles and controlling VOC emissions.

4.5. Biological Environment

Propose project site is located Village – Kuakandar; Dist – Darjeeling, West Bengal and no direct impact would be envisaged on nearby ecological environment. Further greenbelt development will help to improve ecology. Necessary environmental protective measure have been planned under EMP for air, water and hazardous waste management systems and regular environmental surveillance will be carried out so as to prevent any short-term or cumulative effect on the crops and natural vegetation of the area. Adequate stack height will be provided as per CPCB guidelines for the proper dispersion of pollutants, so that it will not hamper the plants. There will be no disposal of effluent from the unit. Total 1335.45 square meters land area at site; out of this area about 454.12 Sq.m. will be used for green belt.

Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 144

Mitigation Measures

No direct impact would be envisaged due to the upcoming project on nearby ecological environment. Further, greenbelt development will help to improve ecology. Necessary environmental protective measures have been planned under EMP for air, water and hazardous waste management systems and regular environmental surveillance will be carried out so as to prevent any short-term or cumulative effect on the crops and natural vegetation of the area. There will be no disposal of liquid effluent from the unit. During the process; there is no any sound which will be disturbing animals nearby forest.

4.6. Social Impact Assessment

The setting up of any kind project would undoubtedly include significant impact on socio- economic and cultural life of the people in the project area. Here, an attempt is made to visualize and discuss such tentative impacts likely to be induced by the project. The likely impacts due to proposed project activity are described below:

 Positive Impacts:

There will be a growth in indirect jobs and business opportunities to the local and surrounding people such as daily wage labourers, transporters and raw material suppliers due to the establishment of surrounding industries in the area.

Future generation of Cultivators/farmers at local and regional level will be benefited through industrial growth in the area provided adequate measures to control pollution are undertaken

Infrastructure viz. Road, transport, electricity and water supply in the surrounding villages will be improved

 Negative Impacts:

Due to the proposed project activity, influx of population may increase during the construction phase. This may lead to strain on infrastructure facilities in the area as well as increase in population at local level. However, this impact is only for the short duration and temporary in nature. Construction is limited. During construction phase, increased level of dust and other air pollutants may lead to respiratory diseases.

Although the effluent of industry will not be discharged, but by any chance if it goes directly it will affect fishing activity and indirectly have negative impact on the health of the local people.

People residing in villages located in downward direction of study area can face problem of bad odour due to gaseous emission from this industry. Care will be taken to reduce the effect.

Mitigation

In order to mitigate the adverse impacts likely to arise in social, cultural and economic aspects in the surrounding area due to project activity, it is necessary to formulate effective

Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 145

recommendations for smooth initiation and functioning of the project. The suggestions are as follows:

 Project authorities should organize guidance centre for youths, technical education centre and training programme.

- Community Development Programmes should be continued in the nearby villages as a goodwill gesture.

- Information regarding the proposed development plan, social welfare programmes etc. should be communicated to the local community in the form of booklets and audio- visuals.

 For all the social welfare activities to be undertaken by the project authorities, collaboration should be sought with the local administration and Gram Panchayat for better co-ordination and also to reach to the public.

The impacts of operational activities on different parameters of environment are enlisted herein below.

Table 4.9: Impact Prediction during Operational Phase Parameters/Activities Air Soil Water Flora Fauna Social Health Sound and safety Raw Material Storage Õ - - - - - Õ Õ & Handling Production Õ - Õ - - - Õ Õ

Product Storage & Õ Õ - - - - Õ Õ Handling Transportation Õ Õ - Õ Õ - Õ Õ Gaseous Emission Õ Õ - Õ Õ - Õ Õ Wastewater Discharge Õ Õ Õ Õ - Õ - Solid & Hazardous - Õ Õ Õ Õ - Õ Õ Waste Generation Employment ------Õ - Infrastructure Õ Õ Õ Õ Õ - Õ Õ Development Greenbelt Õ Õ Õ Õ Õ Õ Õ Development

Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 146

Impact Assessment

Table 4.10: Assessment of Predicted during Operational Phase Parameters/Activities Air Soil Water Flora Fauna Social Health Sound and safety Raw Material Storage (-ve) - - - - - (-ve) & Handling L.T L.T

Production (-ve) - (-ve) - - - (-ve) (-ve) S.T L.T L.T L.T

Product Storage & ------(-ve) - Handling L.T - Transportation (-ve) (-ve) - (-ve) (-ve) - (-ve) (-ve) S.T S.T S.T S.T S.T S.T Gaseous Emission (-ve) (-ve) - (-ve) (-ve) - (-ve) - L.T L.T L.T L.T L.T

Wastewater Discharge (-ve) (-ve) (-ve) (-ve) - (-ve) - S.T L.T S.T S.T L.T Solid & Hazardous - (-ve) (-ve) (-ve) (-ve) - (-ve) - Waste Generation L.T L.T L.T L.T S.T Employment ------(-ve) - L.T Infrastructure (+ve) (+ve) - Development L.T L.T Greenbelt (+ve) (+ve) (+ve) (+ve) (+ve) - (+ve) (+ve) Development L.T L.T L.T L.T L.T L.T L.T (-ve): Negative, (+ve): positive, S.T: Short term, L.T: long Term

Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 147

4.7. CER and Socio-Economic Development

The company has a defined Corporate Environmental Responsibility Policy which guides all the related activities. Company personnel have visited the nearby area and interacted with various strata to understand the requirements and shortcomings. Based on the information collected from the visits, a CER programme was made, containing a list of activities.

The CER cost is Rs. 2.20 lacs, which is 2.0% of the total cost for the proposed project

The program is sketched out as given below:

Table 4.11: Proposed CER Programme Sl Proposed Programme Amount No. (Rs. In Lacs) 1 Financial Aid to nearby Village Schools like Kuakandar 0.80 Primary School, Harivita Primary School, Urlajote Primary School etc. Along with providing books, other materials through local body 2 Green Belt Development in nearby villages in 1.0 consultation with local authorities 3 Jute bag distribution 0.40 Total 2.20

4.8. Conclusion:

On the background of known Environmental Status of the area, and having known the pollution potential of the manufacturing process, efforts are now made to minimize the pollution to such an extent that the impact on environment will be very low. This is done methodically with accredited methods and found a satisfactory situation in this particular case.

Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 148

CHAPTER 5 - ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES

(TECHNOLOGY & SITE)

5.1 ALTERNATIVE SITE ANALYSIS

Selection of suitable site for a project is as important as selecting a technology and suppliers. Factor which are taken into account for selection of site are proximity to raw materials or market and availability of manpower, water, infrastructure and ease of transportation. However a new dimension has also raised concerns in selection of site and that is environment.

Factors taken into consideration while selecting the site:

 Availability of land.  Flat terrain and soil strength.  Connectivity.  Overall impact on environment  Availability of water and power  Other infrastructure.

It was our endeavor to strike such a balance that the environmentally best should also have acceptability commercially. Study of many existing units brought out an interesting point that they are required to haul raw materials from long distances to keep it running. This ends up in delays and vehicle pollution. In this unit the process flow-sheet is so kept to get an advantage that the requirement is fulfilled by quick haulage.

Site selection was guided by many factors like infrastructure, availability of land, water sources, fuel transportation, power availability etc. Specific site selection criteria for the proposed project are given below;

 Plant site is only 40 km away from town Siliguri which is well connected by road and rail to rest of India as well as neighboring country like Nepal.

 All basic facilities like availability of water, electricity, transport, communication system and other infrastructure facilities are available

 There is no protected area notified under the Wild Life (Protection) Act (1972) & Eco- sensitive area notified under Section 3 of the Environment (Protection) Act- 1986 or prime forestland exists within 10 Km radius areas from the Plant Site.

 Availability of trained and skilled manpower nearby because of the proximity to various city/town

With all this consideration, this site was ranked first and adopted. The site layout is fixed on this land of 1335.45 sq m. For greenery 454.12 sq m area which is around 34% of the total plot area is earmarked.

Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 149

5.2 ALTERNATIVE TECHNOLOGY ANALYSIS

5.2.1. Fuel Alternatives

Fuel requirement is for the vertical boiler and DG set. The boiler requires solid fuel which is lignite / coal which is widely available from the nearby proximity. For the generator which will be used for emergency purpose, diesel will be used as fuel.

5.2.2. Production Alternatives

Urea Formaldehyde and related amino resins are considered a class of thermosetting resins of which urea-formaldehyde resins make up 80% produced globally. Examples of amino resins use include in automobile tires to improve the bonding of rubber to tire cord, in paper for improving tear strength, in moulding electrical devices, jar caps, etc.

Phenol Formaldehyde Resins (PF) or Phenolic Resins are synthetic polymers obtained by the reaction of phenol or substituted phenol with formaldehyde. Used as the basis for Bakelite, PFs were the first commercial synthetic resins (plastics). They have been widely used for the production of molded products including billiard balls, laboratory countertops, and as coatings and adhesives. They were at one time the primary material used for the production of circuit boards but have been largely replaced with epoxy resins and fibreglass cloth, as with fire- resistant FR-4 circuit board materials

5.3 „NO-PROJECT‟ Option

The district statistical Census report and Gazetteer of the District states that the socio- economic conditions in this district are very poor. To improve the status, industrialization will be a big boost. In this background, M/s Sarara Chemicals has proposed this Project to produce quality chemicals to meet the market demand.

Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 150

CHAPTER 6 - ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM

6.1. INTRODUCTION

The proposed project, though, has minimal environmental impact, nonetheless, to control and limit the pollution level to desired level; an effective EMP is a must. In view of above, it is proposed to establish a monitoring protocol for air, water, noise and solid waste soil. The stations will be the same as where the samples are taken while preparing this EIA. It is proposed to outsource the EMP to an accredited Consultant. M/s Sarara Chemicals will adopt comprehensive environmental monitoring plan which is essential to take into account the changes in the environment. The objective of monitoring is:  To verify the result of the impact assessment study in particular with regards to new developments.  To follow the trend of parameters which have been identified as critical  To check or assess the efficiency of controlling measures  To ensure that new parameters, other than those identified in the impact assessment  Study, do not become critical through the commissioning of new project. To monitor effectiveness of Control Measures:  Monitor daily, Assess effectiveness of the Control Measures being implemented, Explore the need to modify or add new Control Measures particularly if a violation is observed & Report weekly.  Regular monitoring of environmental parameters will be made to find out any deterioration in environmental quality.  Monitoring of the proposed project area will be regularly conducted. The attributes, which merit regular monitoring, are specified underneath

Table 6.1: Summary of Sampling for Environmental Monitoring Program

Parameters to be Frequency of Compliance Aspects Locations Monitored Monitoring

PM PM SO NO CO, Twice in a week NAAQ Standards, Air Quality 10, 2.5, 2, 2, Project Site NH3 for one season 2009

Noise Levels Day and night noise Quarterly Project Site CPCB Standards Levels

pH, Temp, Salinity, TDS, Water Quality TSS, DO, BOD, Hardness, Quarterly Kankaria Lake, IS10500: 2012 Alkalinity, Chlorides, Turbidity, Conductivity, Oil Sabarmati River and Grease, Heavy Metals

pH, SS, TDS, BOD, COD, ETP Inlet Chlorides, Sulphates, Total Monthly Collection Tank WBPCB Standards Ammonical Nitrogen

pH, SS, TDS, BOD, COD, ETP Outlet Chlorides, Sulphates, Total Monthly Final ETP Sump WBPCB Standards Ammonical Nitrogen

Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 151

Parameters to be Frequency of Compliance Aspects Locations Monitored Monitoring

Stack PM10, SO2 Monthly Boiler Stack WBPCB Standards M/s. Sarara Chemicals will outsource the sampling and monitoring work for post project environment monitoring. The environmental department in respect of operation of pollution control facility will maintain following records.  Instruction manual for operation and maintenance of pollution control equipments.  Log sheet for self-monitoring of pollution control equipments.  Instruction manual for monitoring of water, solid and gaseous parameter discharged from the factory and also for various parameters of pollution control facilities.  Statutory records as per the Environmental Acts.  Monthly and annual progress reports. 6.2. BUDGET ALLOCATION FOR MONITORING The EMC will be responsible to carry on the monitoring. Budget allotment has also been proposed for the same:

Table 6.2: Budget Allotment for Monitoring S. No. Description Cost to be incurred (in lakhs/annum) 1 Air Quality 1.15 2 Water Quality (Surface & Groundwater) 0.50 3 Soil Quality 0.25 4 Noise Level 0.10 TOTAL 2.0

6.3. REPORTING SCHEDULES OF THE MONITORING DATA

It is proposed that voluntary reporting of environmental performance with reference to the EMP should be undertaken. The environmental monitoring cell shall co-ordinate all monitoring programmes at site to furnish the data to the State regulatory agencies regularly in respect of the stipulated prior environmental clearance terms and conditions. The proponent shall prominently advertise in the newspapers indicating that the project has been accorded environmental clearance and also the details of website where it is displayed

Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 152

CHAPTER 7 - ADDITIONAL STUDIES

7.1. Quantitative Risk Management

7.1.1 Introduction

Hazard analysis involves the identification and quantification of the various hazards (unsafe conditions). On the other hand, risk assessment deals with recognition and computation of risks, the equipment in the plant and personnel are prone to, due to accidents resulting from the hazards present in the plant.

Risk assessment follows an extensive hazard analysis. It involves the identification and assessment of risks the neighbouring populations are exposed to as a result of hazards present. This requires a thorough knowledge of failure probability, credible accident scenario, vulnerability of population etc. Much of this information is difficult to get or generate. Consequently, the risk assessment is often confined to maximum credible accident studies. It provides basis for what should be type and capacity of its on-site and off-site emergency plan also what types of safety measures shall be required.

7.1.2 Approach to the Study

Risk involves the occurrence or potential occurrence of some accidents consisting of an event or sequence of events. The risk assessment study covers the following:

. Identification of Hazards and Major Loss of Containment (LOC) events. . Calculation of physical effects of accidental scenarios, which includes frequency analysis for incident scenarios leading to hazards to people and facilities (and consequence analysis for the identified hazards covering impact on people and potential escalation. . Damage limits identification and quantification of the risks and contour mapping on the plant layout. . Risk contour mapping. . Evaluation of risks against risk acceptable limit . Risk reduction measures to prevent incident to control the accident . Hazard mitigation recommendations based on QRA . Provide consolidated conclusion on QRA of location

7.1.3 Methodology

7.1.3.1. An Overview

Risk Analysis is proven valuable management tool in assessing the overall safety performance of the Chemical Process Industry. Although management systems such as engineering codes, checklists, and reviews by experienced engineers have provided substantial safety assurances,

Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 153

major incidents involving numerous casualties, injuries and significant damage can occur - as illustrated by recent world-scale catastrophes. Risk Analysis techniques provide advanced quantitative means to supplement other hazard identification, analysis, assessment, control and management methods to identify the potential for such incidents and to evaluate control strategies. The underlying basis of Risk Analysis is simple in concept. It offers methods to answer the following four questions: 1. What can go wrong? 2. What are the causes? 3. What are the consequences? 4. How likely is it? This study tries to quantify the risks to rank them accordingly based on their severity and probability. The report shall be used to understand the significance of existing control measures and to follow the measures continuously. Wherever possible the additional risk control measures shall be adopted to bring down the risk levels. The methodology adopted for the QRA Study has been depicted in the Flow chart given below:

Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 154

Figure 7.1: Methodology of QRA Study

7.1.3.2. Risk Assessment Procedure

Hazard identification and risk assessment involves a series of steps as follows: Step 1: Identification of the Hazard Based on consideration of factors such as the physical & chemical properties of the fluids being handled, the arrangement of equipment, operating & maintenance procedures and process conditions, external hazards such as third party interference, extreme environmental conditions, aircraft / helicopter crash shall also be considered. Step 2: Assessment of the Risk Arising from the hazards and consideration of its tolerability to personnel, the facility and the environment, this involves the identification of initiating events, possible accident sequences, Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 155

and likelihood of occurrence and assessment of the consequences. The acceptability of the estimated risk must then be judged based upon criteria appropriate to the particular situation. Step 3: Elimination or Reduction of the Risk Where this is deemed to be necessary, this involves identifying opportunities to reduce the likelihood and/or consequence of an accident.  Hazard Identification is a critical step in Risk Analysis. Many aids are available, including experience, engineering codes, checklists, detailed process knowledge, equipment failure experience, hazard index techniques, What-if Analysis, Hazard and Operability (HAZOP) Studies, Failure Mode and Effects Analysis (FMEA), and Preliminary Hazard Analysis (PHA). In this phase all potential incidents are identified and tabulated. Site visit and study of operations and documents like drawings, process write-up etc. are used for hazard identification.  Assessment of Risks is based on the consequences and likelihood. Consequence Estimation is the methodology used to determine the potential for damage or injury from specific incidents. A single incident (e.g. rupture of a pressurized flammable liquid ) can have many distinct incident outcomes (e.g. Unconfined Vapour Cloud Explosion (UVCE), flash fire.  Likelihood Assessment is the methodology used to estimate the frequency or probability of occurrence of an incident. Estimates may be obtained from historical incident data on failure frequencies or from failure sequence models, such as fault trees and event trees. In this study the historical data developed by software models and those collected by CPR18E – Committee for Prevention of Disasters, Netherlands (Edition: PGS 3, 2005) are used.  Risk Assessment combines the consequences and likelihood of all incident outcomes from all selected incidents to provide a measure of risk. The risks of all selected incidents are individually estimated and summed to give an overall measure of risk.  Risk-Reduction Measures include those to prevent incidents (i.e. reduce the likelihood of occurrence) to control incidents (i.e. limit the extent & duration of a hazardous event) and to mitigate the effects (i.e. reduce the consequences). Preventive measures, such as using inherently safer designs and ensuring asset integrity, shall be used wherever practicable. In many cases, the measures to control and mitigate hazards and risks are simple and obvious and involve modifications to conform to standard practice. The general hierarchy of risk reducing measures is:  Prevention (by distance or design)  Detection (e.g. fire & gas, Leak detection)  Control (e.g. emergency shutdown & controlled depressurization)  Mitigation (e.g. firefighting and passive fire protection)  Emergency response (in case safety barriers fail)

Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 156

7.1.4 Identification of Hazard & Release Scenarios

A technique commonly used to generate an incident list is to consider potential leaks and major releases from fractures of all process pipelines and vessels. This compilation includes all pipe work and vessels in direct communication, as these may share a significant inventory that cannot be isolated in an emergency. The following data were collected to envisage scenarios:  Identification of major risk areas.  Hazard identification/Identification of failure cases.  Consequence analysis of probable risks/failure cases;  Determination of the probable risk by releasing of chemical due to leakage of storage drams and catasterophic failure.  Risk assessment on the basis of the above evaluation & risk acceptability.  Minimum preventive & protective measures to be taken to minimize risks to maximum possible extent.  Giving pointers for effective disaster management.  Suggesting measures to further lower the probability of risk. Table 7.1: Details of Raw Materials Sr. Name Of The Raw Physical Capacity Storage Material of Maximum No. Material State MT/Month Construction Storage MT 1 Formalin Liquid 313 HDPE Tank Industrial 125 Plastic 2 Industrial Urea Solid 88 Bags HDPE 35 3 Phenol Liquid 43 HDPE HDPE 17 Drum 4 Caustic Soda Solid 2.5 Bags HDPE 10 5 Acetic Acid Liquid 0.16 HDPE HDPE 0.16 Drum 6 Yellow Dextrin Solid 0.05 Bags HDPE 0.5 Powder / Maize Starch White

Table 7.2: Details of Finished Products Production Production Storage Mode of Sl Name of the product Capacity Capacity Capacity Storage (MT/Month) (MT/Annum) (MT) 1 Urea-Formaldehyde Resin 315 3780 88.2 PVC Tank 2 Phenol-Formaldehyde Resin 135 1620 37.8 PVC Tank Total 450 5400 126

Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 157

Table 7.3: Toxicity Index Sr. Toxicity Oral Toxicity LD50 Dermal Toxicity Inhalation No (Mg/Kg) LD50 (Mg/Kg) Toxicity LD50 (Mg/Kg) 1 Extremely Toxic <5 <40 <0.5 2 Highly Toxic >5-50 >40-200 >0.5-2.0 3 Toxic >50-200 >200-1000 >2-10

7.1.5 Hazard Identification and Preventive Measures

Table 7.4: Raw Material Storage Hazards and Controls Name of Operating Type of Sr. Quantity Hazard Rating Persons material pressure/ hazard / Risk No (Max) Systems Affected stored temp involved 1) Phenol 43200 NTP TLV Ȃ 5 PPM Toxic when Operators STEL-10 PPM contact with Maintenance NFPA Ratings: Skin Technicians Health: 4; Causes burns Flammability : Toxic if 2; Instability: 0 swallowed Flash Point: 79.440C Irritating to Skin, Eyes and Respiratory System Flammable Controls Measures:  Dyke provision to storage tank  Safety boards displayed on the tank  Good ventilation must be provided.  For accidental contact with skin, nearby provision of soap-suds  Use water spray to keep fire-exposed containers cool. Wear a self-contained breathing apparatus (SCBA) to prevent contact with thermal decomposition products. Handling of Phenol with Safety glasses, hand gloves, gumboot etc. 2) Formald 313200 TLV Ȃ 0.3 PPM Flammable Operators ehyde (1 ppm) NFPA Very toxic by Maintenance Ratings: Health - inhalation. Technicians 3 Flammability - 2 Reactivity - 0 Very toxic in Flash Point: contact with 500C skin. Very toxic if Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 158

Name of Operating Type of Sr. Quantity Hazard Rating Persons material pressure/ hazard / Risk No (Max) Systems Affected stored temp involved swallowed. Causes burns. Limited evidence of a carcinogenic effect. Risk of serious damage to the eyes. May cause sensitization by skin contact. Control Measures:  Dyke provision to storage tank.  Safety boards displayed on the tank.  Good ventilation must be provided.  Trap & collect spills with Sand or other inert solids.  Use an approved gas mask in un-ventilated areas if necessary because of fumes.  Handling of Formaldehyde with Safety glasses, Nitrile or butyl rubber gloves. Table 7.5: Process Hazard Control Type of hazard Name of Material in the possible toxic gas Control measured hazardous process / release / fire / explosion provided process and operation / run away reaction / operation rupture, etc. Condenser Steam & Cooled  Bursting of a) Licensed Condensers Water Condensing b) Annual inspections tubes. c) Safety interlocks to be  Cold burns provided d) Safety and pressure gauge valves fitted e) Properly supported and protected against corrosion

Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 159

Type of hazard Name of Material in the possible toxic gas Control measured hazardous process / release / fire / explosion provided process and operation / run away reaction / operation rupture, etc. f) Testing of Jackets and joints of tubes regularly Reactor Vessel Phenol  Exothermic a) Raw Materials Formaldehyde Runaway quantity must be reaction controlled either volumetrically or  Release of Heat gravimetrically. and Flammable gases b) Process control devices must be installed  Fire, Toxic gas includes the use of release and sensors, alarms, trips and Explosion other control systems that either take automatic action or allow for manual intervention to prevent the conditions for uncontrolled reaction occurring. c) High Temperature indicator valve and alarm system must be provided d) Auto cutoff system must be provided after reaching of predetermined maximum safe temperature. e) Pressure gauge is must provided. f) Safety Control valve is must be provided. g) The Vessel Emergency Relief vent should discharge to a suily designed catch pot or should be so positioned that people working in

Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 160

Type of hazard Name of Material in the possible toxic gas Control measured hazardous process / release / fire / explosion provided process and operation / run away reaction / operation rupture, etc. the area and members of the public will not be in danger if the contents of the vessel are discharged. h) Use skilled worker i) Proper selection of MOC j) Mechanical seal in all pumps and reactors k) Transportation of finished product from vessel to storage tank through

Table 7.6: General Hazards & Controls Type of Identification Possible Causes Possible Results Preventive/ control Emergency of Area Measures Fire Tank farm  Fire due to  Major fire in  Licensed and area the tank farm, isolated storage  Bottom it may spread tank farm. nozzle failure all over the  Flame proof  Damage of company and fittings. storage tank surrounding  Earthling while  Pump area unloading. discharge  May cause nozzle failure fatalities  Spark arrestor at main gate.  Unloading road tanker  Dip pipes on the hose rupture tank for unloading.  Provision of dyke.  Earthling of tanks and pumps.  Get approval from

Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 161

Type of Identification Possible Causes Possible Results Preventive/ control Emergency of Area Measures an explosive department for plan approval, equipment layout & emergency control measures.  No electrical junction box close to storage materials.  Hot work permit system followed for hot working in the ware house. Toxic Gas Tank Farm  Cylinder blast  Major gas  Storage Tank Release Area and exposure in stored under shed  rupture of Reaction the company and good discharge Vessel area and /or ventilated area. valve surrounding  Procured by  Rupture of gas area of the license holder cylinder body company party.  Bursting of which  Fitted with valve pipelines resulting in irritation to protection cap. respiratory  Valve opened track eyes and with special key suffocation.  Loading/unloadin  More g done safely. inhalation results in  Trained persons fatalities. for Material Handling in Tank Farm and Storage  Tank area.  Periodic hydraulic testing through competent person by supplier

Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 162

Type of Identification Possible Causes Possible Results Preventive/ control Emergency of Area Measures  Painted according to its color code. Explosion All Material  Vapor  Improper  Flameproof handling areas explosion due discharge of electric to contact of static charge installation areas spark to & use spark less  Use of non accumulated tools FLP flammable equipment  Isolated storage of vapor in for solvent Flammable confined area handling material drums  Metal to  Hot work permit metal impact for hot working in the plant  Electrical short circuit  Earthling for human static  Open flame charge  Good ventilated area for Flammable material storage Material In Plant Flammable, eye Fire and health  Trained handling irritating & body Hazards employee accident  Required PPE and Fire Protective equipment Provided  Good engineering practice  Separate storage are with dyke valve system provided Phenol, Storage and Spillage, Leakage Fire Hazard  Required Fire Formaldehy other and overflow, Extinguisher de and Fire Operation Provided Flame Protective Proof Electrical Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 163

Type of Identification Possible Causes Possible Results Preventive/ control Emergency of Area Measures System Area Fitting  Proper Earthling arrangement  Fire Hydrant System with Jockey Pump  Gas Detector From the above results, we found that Phenol and Formaldehyde are the major chemicals of concerned and hence further did detailed quantitative analysis of the same.

7.1.6 QRA Modelling Details

To carry out the quantitative Risk Assessment, following methodology was adopted. Identify Vulnerable Zone for toxic dispersion, pool fire, Area on fire (Thermal Radiation), Flash Fire,and Explosion over pressure (Vapor Cloud Explosion) by using software, named ALOHA. ALOHA is an air dispersion model, which you can use as a tool for predicting the movement and dispersion of gases. It predicts pollutant concentrations downwind from the sources of a spill, taking into consideration the physical characteristics of the spilled material. ALOHA also accounts for some of the physical characteristics of the release site, weather conditions, and the circumstances of the release. Like many computer programs, it can solve problems rapidly and provide results in a graphic, easy to use format. This can be helpful during an emergency response or planning for such a response. ALOHA provide output as amount of chemical discharged from the source as well as its concentration in air it takes into account different levels of concentrations for a specified chemical. Software used for calculation- ALOHA (Areal locations of Hazardous atmospheres) Aloha is a computer program designed especially for use by people responding to chemical accidents, as well as for emergency planning and training. ALOHA can predict the rates at which chemical vapors may escape into the atmosphere from broken gas pipes, leaking tanks and evaporating puddles. It can then predict how a hazardous gas cloud might disperse in the atmosphere after an accidental chemical release. ALOHA provides output as amount of chemical discharged from the source as well as its concentration in air it takes in to account different levels of concentrations for a specified chemical. Different concentration levels are given below ERPG 1: is the maximum airborne concentration below which it is believed that nearly all individuals could be exposed for up to 1 hour without experiencing other than mild transient adverse health effects or perceiving a clearly defined, objectionable odor ERPG 2: is the maximum airborne concentration below which it is believed that nearly all individuals could be exposed for up to 1 hour without experiencing or developing irreversible

Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 164

or other serious health effects or symptoms which could impair an individual's ability to take protective action. ERPG 3: is the maximum airborne concentration below which it is believed that nearly all individuals could be exposed for up to 1 hour without experiencing or developing life- threatening health effects. IDLH: The Immediately Dangerous to Life or Health (IDLH) level. A chemical's IDLH is an estimate of the maximum concentration in the air to which a healthy worker could be exposed without suffering permanent or escape-impairing health effects. The consequence analysis has been done for selected scenarios. This has been done for weather conditions having wind speed 3 m/s.

7.1.7 Quantity of Hazardous Chemicals

Details of quantity of each hazardous chemical (including solvent) to be stored, Material of Construction of major hazardous chemical storage area, threshold storage quantity as per schedules of the Manufacture, Storage & Import of Hazardous Chemicals Rules of major hazardous chemicals, Size of the storage area to be provided for each raw material & product etc are described below; Table 7.7: Size of The Storage Area To Be Provided For Each Raw Material & Product Sl Full name Physical Max. Main properties (refer MSDS) Flammability Of the raw Phase Storage materials and (kg) B.P F.P LD50 Specific IDLH Vapour quantity in °C °C Mg/kg Gravity density MT/Month (water=1) (air=1) 1 Formalin Liquid 313200 98 140 100 1.08 NA 1.03 Flammable

2. Industrial Urea Solid 88200 132.7 NA 8471 1.323 NA 2.07 Non Flammable 3. Phenol Liquid 43200 182 85 140 1.057 3.24 Non Flammable

4. Caustic Soda Solid 2302 1388 NA NA 2.13 NA NA Non Flammable

50 5. Acetic Acid Liquid 106 118.1 109.4 3310 1.049 2.07 Flammable ppm

Yellow Dextrin 6. Powder / Maize Solid 500 Non Flammable Starch White

7.1.8 Consequence Analysis

The consequence analysis has been done for selected scenarios. This has been done for weather conditions having wind speed 3.18 m/s. Software used for calculation- ALOHA (Areal locations of Hazardous atmospheres) ALOHA is a computer program designed especially for use by people responding to chemical accidents, as well as for emergency planning and training. ALOHA can predict the rates at which chemical vapours may escape into the atmosphere from broken gas pipes, leaking tanks

Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 165

and evaporating puddles. It can then predict how a hazardous gas cloud might disperse in the atmosphere after an accidental chemical release. ALOHA is an air dispersion model, for predicting the movement and dispersion of gases. It predicts pollutant concentrations downwind from the sources of a spill, taking into consideration the physical characteristics of the spilled material. ALOHA also accounts for some of the physical characteristics of the release site, weather conditions, and the circumstances of the release. Like many computer programs, it can solve problems rapidly and provide results in a graphic, easy to use format. This can be helpful during an emergency response or planning for such a response. ALOHA provide output as amount of chemical discharged from the source as well as its concentration in air it takes into account different levels of concentrations for a specified chemical. 7.1.8.1. Worst Case Scenario

Risk assessment including prediction of the worst-case scenario and maximum credible accident scenarios should be carried out. The worst-case scenario should take into account the maximum inventory of storage at site at any point of time. The risk contours should be plotted on the plant layout map clearly showing which of the facilities would be affected in case of an accident taking place. Based on the same, proposed safeguard measures including On-Site / Off-Site Emergency Plan should be provided. A) Acetic Acid SITE DATA: Location: SARARA CHEMICALS, INDIA, INDIA Building Air Exchanges Per Hour: 0.4 (user specified) Time: July 15, 2018 1059 hours ST (using computer's clock) CHEMICAL DATA: Chemical Name: ACETIC ACID, GLACIAL CAS Number: 64-19-7 Molecular Weight: 60.05 g/mol ERPG-1: 5 ppm ERPG-2: 35 ppm ERPG-3: 250 ppm IDLH: 50 ppm LEL: 40000 ppm UEL: 199000 ppm Ambient Boiling Point: 244.2° F Vapor Pressure at Ambient Temperature: 0.029 atm Ambient Saturation Concentration: 28,608 ppm or 2.86% ATMOSPHERIC DATA: (MANUAL INPUT OF DATA) Wind: 3 meters/second from 45° true at 10 meters Ground Roughness: open country Cloud Cover: 5 tenths

Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 166

Air Temperature: 31° F Stability Class: F (user override) No Inversion Height Relative Humidity: 80% SOURCE STRENGTH: Direct Source: 5000 liters Source Height: 5 meters Source State: Liquid Source Temperature: 31° C Release Duration: 1 minute Release Rate: 190 pounds/sec Total Amount Released: 11,419 pounds THREAT ZONE: Model Run: Heavy Gas Red : 209 Yards --- (250 ppm = ERPG-3) Orange: 683 yards --- (35 ppm = ERPG-2) Yellow: 1.2 miles --- (5 ppm = ERPG-1)

Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 167

Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 168

B) Formaldehyde

SITE DATA: Location: SARARA CHEMICALS, INDIA, INDIA Building Air Exchanges Per Hour: 0.51 (unsheltered single storied) Time: September 14, 2018 1405 hours ST (using computer's clock)

CHEMICAL DATA: Chemical Name: FORMALDEHYDE Molecular Weight: 30.03 g/mol AEGL-1 (60 min): 0.9 ppm AEGL-2 (60 min): 14 ppm AEGL-3 (60 min): 56 ppm IDLH: 20 ppm LEL: 70000 ppm UEL: 730000 ppm Ambient Boiling Point: 213.0° F Vapor Pressure at Ambient Temperature: 0.0050 atm Ambient Saturation Concentration: 5,033 ppm or 0.50%

Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 169

Note: Not enough chemical data to use Heavy Gas option ATMOSPHERIC DATA: (MANUAL INPUT OF DATA) Wind: 3 meters/second from 45° true at 10 meters Ground Roughness: open country Cloud Cover: 5 tenths Air Temperature: 31° C Stability Class: F (user override) No Inversion Height Relative Humidity: 80% SOURCE STRENGTH: Direct Source: 5000 liters Source Height: 10 meters Source State: Liquid Source Temperature: equal to ambient Release Duration: 1 minute Release Rate: 11.5 pounds/sec Total Amount Released: 690 pounds THREAT ZONE: Model Run: Gaussian Red : 1.4 miles --- (56 ppm = AEGL-3 [60 min]) Orange: 2.6 miles --- (14 ppm = AEGL-2 [60 min]) Yellow: greater than 6 miles --- (0.9 ppm = AEGL-1 [60 min])

Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 170

C) Phenol SITE DATA: Location: SARARA CHEMICALS, INDIA, INDIA Building Air Exchanges Per Hour: 0.54 (user specified) Time: September 14, 2018 1405 hours ST (using computer's clock) CHEMICAL DATA: Chemical Name: PHENOL Molecular Weight: 94.11 g/mol AEGL-1 (60 min): 15 ppm AEGL-2 (60 min): 23 ppm AEGL-3 (60 min): N/A IDLH: 250 ppm LEL: 17000 ppm UEL: 86000 ppm Ambient Boiling Point: 359.6° F Freezing Point: 104.0° F Note: Not enough chemical data to use Heavy Gas option

Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 171

ATMOSPHERIC DATA: (MANUAL INPUT OF DATA) Wind: 2.25 meters/second from S at 3 meters Ground Roughness: open country Cloud Cover: 5 tenths Air Temperature: 31° C Stability Class: B (user override) No Inversion Height Relative Humidity: 70% SOURCE STRENGTH: Direct Source: 5000 liters Source Height: 5 meters Source State: Liquid Source Temperature: 45° C Release Duration: 1 minute Release Rate: 120 pounds/sec Total Amount Released: 7,178 pounds THREAT ZONE: Model Run: Gaussian Red : no recommended LOC value --- (N/A = AEGL-3 [60 min]) Orange: 1499 yards --- (23 ppm = AEGL-2 [60 min]) Yellow: 1723 yards --- (15 ppm = AEGL-1 [60 min])

Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 172

7.1.9 Risk Reduction Measurements & Recommendations

 Storage tank of phenol and Formaldehyde should be installed away from the plant area.  Wind indicator should be provided at the highest level of the plant to know the wind direction.  Automatic sprinkler system for the flammable material tanks (over ground tanks only) may be provided as knock on effect in case of fire is possible.  Containment dykes with proper sloping and collection sumps should be provided so that any spillages in the bulk storage and other handling areas shall not stagnate and shall be quickly lead away to a safe distance from the source of leakage. This reduces the risk of any major fire on the bulk storages and the risk to the environment shall be minimized/ eliminated..  Inspection of the storage tanks as per prefixed inspection schedule for thickness measurement, joint and weld efficiency etc.  Provision of flameproof electrical fittings / equipment‟s.  Proper maintenance of earth pits.

Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 173

 Strict compliance of security procedures like issue of identity badges for outsiders, gate passes system for vehicles, checking of spark arrestors fitted to the tank lorries etc.  Strict enforcement of no smoking.  Periodic training and refresher courses to train the staff in safety fire fighting.  Employee training and education will be carried out.  Emergency drills should be carried out periodically to ensure preparedness must continue.  Many operations involve use of highly toxic/flammable materials and these needs to be documented as SOPs. These must be made and kept updated on priority.  Many of the raw materials used for resin are either toxic or flammable. It is therefore important to ensure that these materials are stored in closed, well ventilated totally safe areas. A fire alarm system (heat and smoke detection) should be provided for the storage area where the material is stored as toxic fumes arise on combustion.  Loose drums of waste materials, often solvent laden, must be removed from the working areas and close watch kept.  Ventilation should be provided for any enclosed are where hydrocarbon or toxic vapours may accumulate. Several such areas were noticed- these may be surveyed and tackled accordingly.  All personnel should be trained in handling emergency situations and should be apprised of their role in handling emergency situation and to ensure adequacy of the emergency procedures simulated exercise should be carried out. Flame arrestor should be provided.  Monitoring of occupational hazards like noise, ventilation, chemical exposure etc. will be carried out regularly and its record will be maintained.  Good housekeeping, use of PPE, Engineering controls, Enclosure processes, scrubber system, display of safety boards, SOP of loading / unloading, local exhaust ventilation, safety shower etc are maintained.  Appropriate personal protective equipment will be provided & ensure the usage of them. Workers will be trained on safe material handling of hazardous chemicals.  Prepare & display the safe operating procedure for hazardous chemicals storage, handling & transporting or using.  Local Exhaust ventilation and scrubber should be installed where it is required to reduce fumes,vapours, temperature and heat stress Following fire safety devices will be provided to protect from any malfunctioning of plant equipemtnes. Following fire protection systems will be provided:  Water storage of adequate capacity to meet the requirements of water for firefighting purposes  Fire hydrants and automatic sprinkler system. Diesel driven pumps and headers to supply water to fire hydrant network.

Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 174

 Adequate Portable fire extinguishers, sand bucket, wheeled fire & safety equipment should be provided at the required places.  Equipment required for personal safety like blankets, gloves, apron, gum boots, face mask helmets, safety belts, first aid boxes etc. are provided. Proximity suits and self- contained breathing apparatus to be provided

Figure 7.2: HSE Organization Chart

7.1.9.1. Emergency Planning & Procedure

Emergency Control Center Emergency Control Centre (ECC) is cell from which emergency operations are directed and coordinated. This centre activates as soon as on–site emergency is declared. General Description of ECC The ECC is located in an area that offers minimal risk being directly exposed to possible accidents. During an emergency, the Emergency Management Staff, including the site controller shall gather in the ECC. Therefore, the ECC shall be equipped with adequate communication systems in the form of telephones and other equipment to allow unhampered organisations and other nearby facility personnel. The ECC provides shelter to its occupants against the most common accidents; in addition, the ECC‟s communication systems are protected from possible shutdown. The DGM (Commercial) (Communication Department

Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 175

HOD Managers DY MGR HR Admn. AGM Mechanical (Engg ED (Works)(Site Emergency Controller) GM (Engg)/DGM (alcohol Production) (works Incident Controller) Key Trained Employee (Emergency Task ECC has its own emergency lighting arrangement and electric communication systems operation. Figure shows Team involved in Emergency planning & Table shows names, details and contact nos of Emergency Task Force Only a limited and prearranged number of people are admitted to the ECC, when in use. This eliminates unnecessary interference and reduces confusion. The ECC is always ready for operation and provided with the equipment and supplies necessary during the emergency such as:  Updated copies of the On–site Disaster Management Plan.  Emergency telephone numbers.  The names, phone number, and address of external agencies, response organizations and neighboring facilities.  The adequate number of telephone (more than two).  Emergency lights, Clocks, Personal protective equipment.  List of fire extinguishers with their type no. and location, capacity, etc.  Safety helmets – List of quantity & location.  Status boards/message board.  Material safety data sheets for chemicals handled at the facility Several maps of the facility including drainage system for surrounding area showing:  Areas where hazardous materials are stored.  Plot plans of storage tanks, routes of pipelines, all water permanent lines etc.  The locations where personal protective equipment are stored.  The position of pumping stations and other water sources.  Roads and plant entrances.  Assembly areas & layout of Hydrant lines.

Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 176

Emergency Planning for Disaster due to Fire

Cable rooms, transformer, unit, auxiliary transformers, oil tanks, etc. within the plant are the likely areas for which disaster management plan is to be made to deal with any eventuality of fire. Stores, workshop, canteen and administrative building will be included

7.1.10 Do’s & Don’ts of Preventive Maintenance, Strengthening of HSE, Mfg Utility Staff for Safety Related Measures

Table 7.8: Fire Prevention Sr Do‟s Don‟ts 1 Follow "No Smoking" Sign Do not leave any flammable material at the work area 2 Deposit oily rags and waste combustible Do not allow wild grass growth around material in the identified containers and storage of flammable chemicals and gas dispose them suitably. cylinders 3 Keep minimum inventory of flammable Do not obstruct accessibility to the fire and combustible substances fighting equipments

Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 177

4 Take permission before breaking or Do not destroy the inspection tag removal of fire barrier and ensure provided with the fire equipment subsequent relocation of fire barrier 5 Check periodically the operability of fire Do not misuse the fire fighting equipment fighting systems other than intended purpose 6 Use instruments that are instrically safe in Do not use instruments that are not explosive atmosphere instrically safe in the explosive atmosphere

Table 7.9: In Case of Fire Sr Do‟s Don‟ts 1 On seeing fire please inform Factory Do not runaway in case of fire but act on Manager / EHS In charge and warn people it. nearby by shouting,” Fire", "Fire" 2 Tell exact location and place of the Do not become the hindrance to the fire occurrence clearly crew Try to extinguish the fire if you are aware Do not spread rumour in case of fire. about the fire fighting operation 3 Guide the fire crew to the correct location Do not leave place unattended if possible, till the fire crew arrive. 4 Keep the emergency escape route clear of Do not stay there if you feel unsafe materials 5 Try to remove the combustible material Do not touch any electrical equipment from the vicinity of the fire if possible under the influence of fire. 6 Cover the electrical equipment that is Do not use the extinguisher if not in a situated near or below the area of fire good condition before applying water Table 7.10: Handling of Chemicals Sr Do‟s Don‟ts 1 Use proper lifting tool and tackle having Do not use the equipment for the purpose adequate capacity other than its design intention 2 Only authorized persons should operate Do not allow personnel to move material handling equipment underneath lifted load 3 Each tool, tackle or equipment should Do not load the equipment above its safe have identification number and safe working load. working load marked on it. 4 Assess weight of the material, distance to Do not use makeshift arrangement for be carried, and hazards etc before lifting lifting the material the load. 5 Wear safety boots with metal toe while Do not drag chains, ropes or cables etc on handling of materials the floor.

Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 178

6 When placing a sling of a load, ensure all Keep the tools & tackles free from Sharp corners are covered with pad or soft adverse effect of atmosphere by applying material suitable protective coating

Table 7.11: House Keeping Sr Do‟s Don‟ts 1 Assign places for everything and maintain Do not leave combustible materials in the things at its assigned place work area. 2 Clean the area after completion of work Do not smoke in the area of work 3 Use aisle space free for personnel and Do not allow dustbin to overflow material movement 4 Ensure adequate illumination and Do not generate extra waste ventilation for the job. 5 Drop paper, plastic, glass, metal and Do not disturb the safety equipments biomedical waste in a separate bin kept for from assigned location this purpose. 6 Know the emergency equipments where Do not block emergency switches and on Emergency equipments like first aid box, / Off switches of the equipment by storing SCBA, fire fighting equipment, are kept. of materials in front of work 7 Arrest all type of spills such as water, oil, Do not leave cleaning agent like acetone, gas, etc. and clean up the area immediately Isopropyl alcohol, kerosene etc. at the work area after completion of work 8 Material and equipment needed for future Do not block fire exit point by storing usage are to be tagged and arranged in materials or by means order. 9 Assign a periodicity for the documents to Do not leave a spillage unattended be weeded out and follow it scrupulously

7.2. Disaster Management Plan

7.2.1 Definition

A major emergency in an activity/project is one which has the potential to cause serious injury or loss of life. It may cause extensive damage to property and serious disruption both inside and outside the activity/project. It would normally require the assistance of emergency services to handle it effectively. A disaster is catastrophic situation in which suddenly, people are plunged into helplessness and suffering and as a result, need protection, clothing, shelter, medical and social care and other necessities of life. Disasters can be divided into two main groups. In the first, are Disasters resulting from natural phenomena like earthquakes, volcanic eruptions, cyclones, tropical storms, floods, avalanches, landslides etc.

Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 179

The second group includes disastrous events occasioned by man, or by man‟s impact upon the environment. Examples are industrial accidents, radiation accidents, factory fires, explosions and escape of toxic gases or chemical substances, river pollution, mining or other structural collapses, air, sea, rail and road transport accidents and can reach catastrophic dimensions in terms of human loss. There can be no set criteria for assessing the gravity of a disaster in the abstract since depends to a large extent on the physical, economic and social environment in which it occurs. What would be considered a major disaster in developing country, will be equipped to cope with the problems involved, may not mean more than temporary emergency elsewhere. However all disasters bring in their wake similar consequences that call for immediate action, whether at the local, national or international level, for the rescue and relief of the victims. This includes the search for the dead and injured, medical and social care, removal of the debris, the provision of temporary shelter for the homeless food, clothing and medical supplies, and the rapid reestablishment of essential services. 7.2.2 Objectives :

The overall objectives of the emergency plan will be:  To localize the emergency and, eliminate it; and  To minimize the effects of the accident on people and property. Elimination will require prompt action by operations and works emergency staff using, for example, fire–fighting equipment, water sprays etc. Minimizing the effects may include rescue, first aid, evacuation, rehabilitation and giving information promptly to people living nearby.

7.2.3 Phases of Disaster

There are various phases of Disaster including pre and Post Management of Hazardous Event that may or has occurred.

 Warning Phase

Emergencies /disasters are generally preceded by warnings during which preventive measures may be initiated. For example uncontrollable build-up of pressure in process equipment, weather forecast give warning about formation of vapour cloud, equipment failure etc.

 Period of Impact Phase

This is the phase when emergency /disaster actually strike and preventive measures may hardly be taken. However, control measures to minimise the effects may be taken through a well- planned and ready-to-act disaster management plan already prepared by organization. The duration may be from seconds to days.

 Rescue Phase

This is the phase when impact is almost over and efforts are concentrated on rescue and relief measures.

Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 180

 Relief Phase

In this phase, apart from organization and relief measures internally, depending on severity of the disaster, external help are also to be summoned to provide relief measures (like evacuations to a safe place and providing medical help, food clothing etc.). This phase will continue till normalcy is restored.

 Rehabilitation Phase

This is the final and longest phase. During which measures required to put the situation back to normal as far as possible are taken. Checking the systems, estimating the damages, repair of equipment and putting them again into service are taken up. Help from revenue/insurance authorities need to be obtained to assess the damage, quantum of compensation to be paid etc.

7.2.4 Proposed On–Site Emergency Plan

 Onsite Emergency Plan The onsite emergency is an unpleasant situation that causes extensive damage to plant personnel and surrounding area and its environment due to in operation, maintenance, design and human error. Onsite plan will be applied in case of proposed expansion.

Following points are to be taken into consideration:

 To identify, assess, foresee and work out various kinds of possible hazards, their places, potential and damaging capacity and area in case of above happenings.  Review, revise, redesign, replace or reconstruct the process, plant, vessels and control measures if so assessed.  Measures to protect persons and property of processing equipment in case of all kinds of accidents, emergencies and disasters  To inform people and surroundings about emergency if it is likely to adversely affect them 7.2.5 Disaster control Management system

Disaster Management group plays an important role in combating emergency in a systematic manner. Schematic representation Emergency Control Management system for proposed project is shown in Figure 7.3 .

Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 181

Figure 7.3: Onsite DMP - Disaster Control / Management System

7.2.6 General Industrial Emergencies

The emergencies that could be envisaged in the plant are as follows:  Fire scenario due to storage of Bagasse/Ethanol.  Contamination of food / water.  Sabotage / social disorder.  Structural failures.  Slow isolated fires  Earthquakes. 7.2.7 Emergency Organization’s

It is recommended to setup an Emergency Organization. A senior executive who has control over the affairs of the plant would be heading the Emergency Organization. He would be designated as Site Controller. In case of stores, utilities, open areas which are not under the control of production heads, executive responsible for maintenance of utilities would be designated as Incident Controller. All records and actions would be reported to the site controller. Shift Incharge would be the reporting Officer, who would bring the incidence to the notice of the Incidence Controller and Site Controller.

Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 182

Emergency Coordinators would be appointed who would be undertake the responsibilities like fire fighting, rescue, rehabilitation, transport and support services. In each shift, electrical supervisor, electricians, pump house in-charge and other maintenance staff would be drafted for emergency operations. In the event of power communication system failure, some of staff members in the office/ plant offices would be drafted and their services would be utilized as messengers for quick passing of communications. All these personnel would be declared as essential personnel. 7.2.8 Emergency Communication

Whoever notices an emergency situation such as fire, growth of fire, leakage etc. should communicate with (ECC) Emergency Control Center. The person on duty in the Emergency Control Centre would appraise the site controller. Site controller verifies the situation from the Incident Controller of that area or the shift Incharge and takes a decision about an implementing on Site Emergency. This would be communicated to all the Incident Controllers, Emergency Coordinators. Simultaneously, the emergency warning system would be activated on the instructions of the Site Controller. 7.2.9 Site Controller

On receiving information about emergency he would rush to ECC and take charge of ECC and the situation and assesses the magnitude of the situation on the advice of incident controller and decides.  Whether affected area needs to be evacuated.  Whether personnel who are at assembly points need to be evacuated.  Declares Emergency and orders for operation of emergency siren.  Organizes announcement by public address system about location of emergency.  Assesses which areas are likely to be affected, or need to be evacuated or are to be altered  Maintains a continuous review of possible development and assesses the situation in consultation with Incident Controller and other key personnel whether shutting down the plant or any section of the plant required and if evacuation of persons is required.  Directs personnel of rescue, rehabilitation, transport, fire brigade, medical and other designated mutual support systems locally available, for meeting emergencies.  Controls evacuation of affected areas, if the situation is likely to go out of control or effects are likely to go beyond the premises of the factory, informs to District Emergency Authority, Police, Hospital and seeks their intervention and help.  Informs Inspector of factories, Deputy Chief Inspector of factories, APPCB and other statutory authorities.  Gives public statement if necessary.

Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 183

 Keeps record of chronological events and prepares an investigation report and preserves evidence. 7.2.10 Incident Controller

 Assembles the incident control team.  Directs operations within the affected areas with the priorities for safety to personnel minimize damage to the plant, property and environment and minimize the loss of materials.  Directs the shutting down and evacuation of plant and areas likely to be adversely affected by the emergency.  Ensures that all-key personnel help is sought.  Provides advice and information to the Fire and Security officer and the local Fire Services as and when they arrive.  Ensures that all non-essential workers / staff of the affected areas evacuated to the appropriate assembly points and the areas are searched for causalities.  Has regard to the need for preservation of evidence so as to facilitate any enquiry into the cause and circumstances, which caused or escalated the emergency.  Coordination on with emergency services at the site.  Provides tools and safety equipment‟s to the team members.  Keeps in touch with the team and advise them regarding the method of control to be used.  Keep the site Controller of Emergency informed of the progress being made 7.2.11 Emergency Coordinator - Rescue, Fire Fighting

 On knowing about emergency, rushes to Emergency Control Centre.  Helps the incident controller in containment of the emergency.  Ensure fire pumps in operating conditions and instructions pump house operator to be ready for any emergency, which stand arrangement.  Guides the fire-fighting crew i.e. Firemen trained plant personnel and security staff.  Organizes shifting the fire-fighting facilities to the emergency site, if required.  Takes guidance of the Incident Controller for fire-fighting as well as assesses the requirements of outside help.  Arranges to control the traffic at the gate and the incident area / Directs the security staff to the incident site to take part in the emergency operations under his guidance and supervision.  Evacuates the people in the plant or in the nearby areas as advised by site controller Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 184

 Searches for casualties and arranges proper aid for them.  Assembles search and evacuation team.  Arranges for safety equipment‟s for the members of this team.  Decides which paths the evacuated workers should follow.  Maintains law and order in the area, and if necessary seeks the help of police. 7.2.12 Emergency Coordinator

In the event of failure of electric supply and there by internal telephone, sets up communication point and establishes contact with the Emergency Control Center (ECC). Organizes medical treatment to the injured and if necessary will shift the injured to nearby hospitals. Mobilizes extra medical help from outside, if necessary 7.2.13 Emergency Control Centre

For the time being office block is identified as Emergency control center. It would have external Telephone and Fax facility. All the Incident controller officers, senior personnel would be located here. The following information and equipment are to be provided at the Emergency control center (ECC).  Intercom, telephone  P&T telephone  Fire suit / gas tight goggles / gloves / helmets  Factory layout, site plan  Emergency lamp / torchlight  Plan indicating locations of hazard inventories, plant control room, locations of safety equipment, road plan, assembly points, rescue location vulnerable zones, escape routes Hazard chart  Breathing apparatus  Wind direction, wind velocity indications  Public Address Megaphone, Hand bell, Telephone directories (Internal, P&T).  Address with telephone numbers and key personnel, Emergency coordinator.  Important addresses, telephone numbers such as experts from outside,  Government agencies neighboring industries etc.  Emergency shutdown procedures.  Nominal roll of employees

Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 185

7.2.14 Emergency Medical Facilities

Gas masks and general first aid materials for dealing with chemical burns, fire burns etc. would be maintained in the medical center as well as in the emergency control room. Private medical practitioners help would be sought. Government hospital would be approached for emergency help. Apart from plant first aid facilities, external facilities would be augmented. Names of Medical Personnel, Medical facilities in the nearby village would be prepared and updated. Necessary specific medicines for emergency treatment of Burns patients, and for those affected by toxicity would be maintained. Breathing apparatus and other emergency medical equipment would be provided and maintained. The help of nearby industrial managements in this regard would be taken on mutual support basis. 7.2.15 Emergency Shutdown

There are number of facilities which can be provided to the help deal with hazard conditions. The suggested arrangements are  Stop feed  Deluge contents  Remove heat

Evacuation of Personnel

The area would have adequate number of exits pathways/staircase. In the event of an emergency unconnected personnel have to escape to assembly point. Operators have to take emergency shutdown procedure and escape. Time office maintains a copy of deployment of employees in each shift at ECC. If necessary, persons can be evacuated by rescue teams. 7.2.16 All Clear Signal

At the end of emergency, after discussing with Incident Controllers and Emergency Coordinators, the site controller orders an all clear signal.

7.2.17 Occupational Health

In large scale industries where multifarious activities are involved during construction, erection, testing, commissioning, operation and maintenance, the men, materials and machines are the basic inputs. Along with the booms, the industrialization generally brings several problems like occupational health and safety. Occupational health needs attention both during construction and operation phases. However the problem varies both in magnitude and variety in the above phases. 7.2.18 Safety Training

Safety training is being provided by the safety officers to all the employees with the assistance of faculty members called from professional safety institutions and universities. In addition to regular employees, limited contractor labours are also provided with safety training. To create safety awareness safety films will be shown to workers and leaflets etc. will be distributed.

Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 186

 Compartmentalization of the cable galleries, use of proper sealing techniques of cable passages and crevices in all directions would help in localizing and identifying the area of occurrence of fire as well as ensure effective automatic and manual firefighting operations.  Spread of fire in horizontal direction would be checked by providing fire stops for cable shafts.  Reliable and dependable type of fire detection system with proper zoning and interlocks for alarms  Housekeeping of high standard helps in eliminating the causes of fire and strengthens fire prevention and firefighting. 7.2.19 Off-Site Emergency Planning

The off-site emergency plan is an integral part of any hazard control system. It is based on those accidents identified by the works management, which could affect people and the environment outside the works. Thus, the off-site plan follows logically from the analysis that took place to provide the basis for the on-site plan and the two plans therefore complement each other. The roles of the various parties that may be involved in the implementation of an off-site plan are described below. The responsibility for the off-site plan will be likely to rest either with the works management or with the local authority. Table 7.12 shows details with Communication Nos during Offsite Emergency

Table 7.12: Local Statutory Government bodies S.NO NAME OF GOVT AGENCY PHONE NOS

1 District Magistrate 0354-2254233/56201

2 Sub Divisional Officer (Siliguri) 0353-2529021 / 9434061281

3 Factory Inspector of the area

4 PCB Head Quarters 2512020

5 Dy Superintendent Of Police(Traffic, Siliguri) 0353-2520849

6 Additional Superintendent Of Police(Siliguri) 0353-2433900

Source: http://darjeeling.gov.in/phone-no.html

7.3. Public Consultation

As per the Terms of reference (TOR) for EIA, issued by Ministry of Environment, Forest & Climate Change, Impact Assessment division vide Memo no IA-J-11011/56/2018-IA-II(I) dated 23.03.2018, the Public hearing has been requisitioned according to the provisions of EIA Notification number SO1533(E) dated 14-09-2006. Accordingly the Project Proponent had applied to West Bengal Pollution Control Board for conducting the Public Hearing and the WBPCB had conducted the same on 28.08.2019 at the meeting hall of the Khoribari Block Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 187

Development office at Kharibari, Dist Darjeeling, West Bengal under the chairmanship of Shri Prem Kumar Bardewa, WBCS (Exe), ADM & AEO, Siliguri Magakuma Parishad, Siliguri, West Bengal.

Public Notice was published in local news paper by the State Pollution Control board both in English and Bengali language on 19.07.2019. The notices are addressed in Figure 7.4

Suggestions, comments and views from local people on environmental issues regarding the project were invited. No written suggestion / Views / Comments / Objections were received. Photographs of Public Hearing are shown in Figure 7.5

Issues arose during the Public hearing and replies by proponent are mentioned below:

Table 7.13: Issue Raised during Public Hearing and Replies Sl.No Issues Reply

1 Mr. Shyamal Sil of Gourijote wanted to know whether the The project proponent replied that all proposed plant will comply all the remedial measures will properly be followed. remedial measures mentioned in the public hearing and whether there will be any deviation in the nature of the proposed plant

2 Mr. Jogesh Ch Mandal, BDO The Project proponent has agreed to change Kharibari, said that as the resin is the heads of the CSR activity and also highly inflammable, so proper fire requested the BDO to help them to finalize management should be taken. The the CSR heads on the basis of the local commitments made in the initial needs. stage regarding environmental safeguards should be followed in later stages also. In CSR activity, Project Proponent should contribute in solid waste management systems in the Gram panchayat area.

Mr. Arup Roy of Bhalugara Mr. Goutam Paul from WBPCB replied the village asked if there is any health entire EIA report along with the proceedings camp can be organized for the of the Public Hearing will be sent to surrounding locality and also said MOEFCC and they will ultimately take they are in favour of some eco decision. friendly projects but not in favour

Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 188

of such chemical factories

Mrs. Fulbaba Roy of Gourijote said that they are facing Mr. Paul of WBPCB replied that there is no tremendous dust problem because connection between the said industry and the of some fertilizer industry in her Public Hearing conducted for M/s Sarara locality and they are not getting Chemicals jobs in that factory

Mr. Sankar Chakraborty of Bhallugara said that if the proper Mr Goutam paul of WBPCB said to the maintenance can be done as shown audience that if there is any complaint in the PPT, then it is OK and against any factory, they can approach the requested the Project Proponent to Primary Environmental cell in the Block follow the proper mitigation office. And also said that this Public Hearing measures is related to setting up a new Resin plant only. Mr. Prem Kr. Bardewa, ADM & AEO, Siliguri Mahakuma Parishad said that setting up a new factory is a good thing for the local area provided the project proponent takes utmost care of proper maintenance and environmental safeguards

Lastly the ADM & AEO emphasised that all possible measures should be ensured by the Project Proponent towards the mitigation of all environmental problems and various issues raised by the people present at the Public Hearing and at last thanked the audience for their active participation in the public hearing and voicing their opinion regarding the proposed project. He then finally concluded the session. The duly singed proceeding is enclosed as Annexure VII.

Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 189

Figure 7.4: News Paper Notice of Public Hearing

Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 190

Figure 7.5: Photographs of Public Hearing

Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 191

CHAPTER 8 - PROJECT BENEFITS

It is seen that the Project is aimed to fulfil the objective of Sustainable Development. It will improve economic status of the nearby area in the district.

8.1. IMPROVEMENTS IN THE PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE

This Project will improve the physical infrastructure of this area:

 The industry is dependent on raw materials and helping chemicals, which arrives by road. The finished goods will be dispatched by road. All the labour force will come by road. The proponents will assist the administration to maintain the roads in good conditions. This improved physical infrastructure will be an added facility to the community for surface transport.

 Greening drive in the premises will give a pleasant look to the land. It will absorb some

portion of the CO2 produced by fuel burning (utilities) as well as created by induction furnace (process). It is proposed to use treated domestic wastewater for green area development. Canopy of trees will arrest dust fugitive SPM as well as the noise.

8.2. IMPROVEMENTS IN THE SOCIAL INFRASTRUCTURE

The Project will aid in the improvement of the social infrastructure of this area:

 PP will employ sons of the soil without discrimination, wherever feasible. The Proponent‟s management keeps the transparent account.

 Education level goes along with flow of funds and avenue of livelihood. Dependence on Government subsidy also goes along with political stability of the area. The level of education and literacy (especially rural and women) is very poor, needing improvement. This activity by this Proponent will certainly play a catalytic role in this.

 Likewise the health level goes along with flow of funds and avenue of livelihood. Dependence on Government institutes like PHC (Primary Health Centre) also goes along with political stability of the area. The level of health and medication (especially children and women) is very poor, needing improvement. This activity by this Proponent will certainly play a catalytic role in this.

 Health awareness and economic independence may also help in Family Planning decision- making.

 Living in harmony is an important aspect of the society. This can happen only if all the components are comfortably placed. Persons engaged in their respective vocation and accruing job satisfaction leads to this. This will become possible by this venture. 8.3. EMPLOYMENT POTENTIAL – SKILLED, SEMI-SKILLED AND UNSKILLED

The industry and its supporting activity need many types of people right from manual to managerial strength, in a pyramid. The raw material growing may need unskilled workers with people on tractors and tractor repairers as skilled ones. So in manufacturing activity all three Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 192

types i. e. skilled, semi skilled and unskilled people are required. The overall potential including the garages, loading-unloading actions, eateries, small repair shops, etc is essential. The local people can get a good share out of this. If the second generation local people acquire that skill, they too will be able to fill the gap and accrue benefit of higher jobs.

8.4. CER ACTIVITY

The company has a defined Corporate Environmental Responsibility Policy which guides all the related activities. Company personnel have visited the nearby area and interacted with various strata to understand the requirements and shortcomings. Based on the information collected from the visits, and discussion during Public Hearing CER programme has been made, containing a list of activities.

The CER cost is Rs. 2.20 lacs, which is 2.0% of the total cost for the proposed project

The program is sketched out as given below:

Sl Proposed Programme Amount No. (Rs. In Lacs) 1 Financial Aid to nearby Village Schools like Kuakandar 0.80 Primary School, Harivita Primary School, Urlajote Primary School etc. Along with providing books, other materials through local body 2 Green Belt Development in nearby villages in 1.0 consultation with local authorities 3 Jute bag distribution 0.40 Total 2.20

8.5. OTHER TANGIBLE BENEFITS

Both tangible and non-tangible benefits will result from this activity and many of those are described above. Apart from direct employment, many other benefits will accrue like

 Water scarcity control by rain-water arresting and harvesting

 Groundwater level enhancing by recharging

 Time saving by quicker transport

 Aesthetics improvement by general greening with emphasis on biodiversity

 Strengthened democratic set-up will bring weight age to secure better school-subsidy and health-institutes

 Improved safety-security in surrounding with better Law and Order.

Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 193

CHAPTER 9 - ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN (EMP)

9.1. INTRODUCTION:

The management of the M/s. Sarara Chemicals will take all the necessary steps to control and mitigate the environmental pollution in the planning stage of the project. While implementing the project M/s. Sarara Chemicals will follow guidelines specified by CPCB under the Corporate Responsibility for Environmental Protection (CREP) for proposed unit. The EMP task will likely be administered by the “Health, Safety and Environment (HSE) Department”, who will have the authority where necessary to “stop the job” if an environmentally detrimental activity is being conducted.

The EMP operation/implementation will be the responsibility of the “HSE Officer”, who will be coordinating, arranging the collection and reporting of the results of all emissions, ambient air quality, noise and water quality monitoring etc.

9.2. OBJECTIVES:

a) To define the components of environmental management. b) To prepare an environmental hierarchy. c) To prepare a checklist for statutory compliance. d) To prepare environmental organization. e) To prepare a schedule for monitoring and compliance.

9.3. CHECKLIST OF STATUTORY OBLIGATIONS

There are a number of environmental statutes required to be attained by the industries. M/s. Sha Polychem Private Limited shall obey the provisions of all relevant Acts, Rules, Notifications and Orders. The checklist of these obligations, which facilitates the obedience of the laws of land are given below :

 Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1974;  Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Cess Act, 1977;  Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1981;  Environment (Protection) Act, 1986;  Environment (Protection) Rules, 1986;  Hazardous Waste (Management and Handling) Rules 2003;  EIA Notification‟2006 and subsequent amendments  Consent from SPCB

9.4. ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT CELL

Environmental Management Cell will be supervised and controlled by an independent Plant Manager supported by a team of technically qualified personnel apart from other operating staff. Organization structure of the Environment Management Cell is presented in below Figure

Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 194

It will be the responsibility of this Cell to supervise the monitoring of environmental attributes viz. ambient air quality, water and effluent quality, noise level etc either departmentally or by appointing external agencies wherever necessary. In case the monitored results of environmental contaminants are found to exceed the standard limits, the Environmental Management Cell will suggest remedial measures and get them implemented. The functions of Environmental Management Cell will be as follows:  Obtaining Consent Order from the State Pollution Control Board.  Environmental monitoring.  Analysis of environmental data, preparation and submission of reports to statutory authorities, Corporate Centre etc.  Co-ordination with statutory bodies, functional groups of the station, head office etc.  Interactions for evolving and implementation of modification programs to improve the availability/ efficiency of pollution control devices / systems.  Conducting Environmental Appraisal (Internal) and Environmental Audit

Director

Head of Purchase Head of Marketing

Head of Head of Storage cum Head of Production/ Environment Dispatch Inspection/ Maintanance

Figure 9.1: Environment Management Cell Structure

9.5. ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN DURING CONSTRUCTION PHASE

M/s Sarara Chemicals is willing to install a plant for production of Synthetic Resin with a capacity of 5400 MTPA, in the land of 1335.45m2 at R.S. Plot No 200; L.R. Plot No 481; Mouza – Bhajanpur; Village – Kuakandar; Dist – Darjeeling, West Bengal.

Sanitation:

Adequate and suitable sanitation facility will be provided during the construction phase to maintain proper hygiene for construction workers during working hours. These facilities shall include water supply, bath toilets, etc.

Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 195

Noise:

Though the noise effect on the nearest inhabitants due to construction activity will be negligible (being away) it is advisable that on site workers using high noise equipment adopt noise protection devices like earmuffs.

Construction Equipment and Waste:

It shall be ensured that both gasoline and diesel powered construction vehicles are properly maintained to minimize smoke in the exhaust emissions. The vehicle maintenance area shall be located in such a manner to avoid sources by accidental spillage of oil. Unauthorized dumping of waste oil should be prohibited. Wastes shall be disposed off at an approved site.

Site Security:

Construction site is a potential hazardous environment. To ensure that the local inhabitants and stray cattle are not exposed to these hazards, the site shall be secured by fencing and manned entry points. It will be fully illuminated.

9.6. ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN DURING OPERATION PHASE

9.6.1 Air Environment

The main source of air pollution will be the flue gas from Vertical Boiler (1 MT/hr) and D.G Set (50 kVA) contains PM, SO2 and NOx as air pollutants.The fugitive emissions are likely to arise during various stages of operations such as material unloading, material transfer and storage etc.

Probable pollutant from the unit will be PM, SO2 and NOx. Following air pollution control measures will be followed to control air pollution

 For the control of emissions, adequate air pollution control systems and for proper dispersion of pollutants, adequate stack height of 30m will be provided

 Main source of flue gas generation will be Verticle boiler and DG Set ( 50 KVA).Adequate stack height will be provided for the control of emissions

 There will also be provision of adequate ventilation system in process plant and hazardous chemical storage area.

 A regular preventive maintenance will be planned to replace or rectify all gaskets, joints etc.

 The unit will also develop green belt within the factory premises to control the fugitive emission from spreading into surrounding environment.

Fugitive Emission Management

The following measures will be adopted to control the fugitive emissions:

Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 196

 All vehicles and their exhausts will be well maintained and will be regularly monitored for emission generated from the vehicle exhaust;  The green belt development on periphery

Stack Gas Monitoring

The emissions from the stack will be monitored continuously for exit concentration of the 3 3 suspended particulate matter, SO2 µg/m and NOx µg/m . Sampling ports will be provided in the stacks as per CPCB guidelines. If the concentration of these pollutants exceeds the limits, necessary control measures will be taken. 9.6.2 Noise Environment The design features provided to ensure low noise levels are as given below:  All rotating items will be well lubricated and provided with enclosures as far as possible to reduce noise transmission. Vibration isolators will be provided to reduce vibration and noise wherever possible  Manufacturers and suppliers of machine/equipment will be manufactured as per OSHA/ MoEF guidelines.  The insulation will be provided to reduce noise.  The personnel safety such as ear muffs, ear plugs and industrial helmets will also act as a noise reducers will be provided workers.  Layouts of equipment foundations and structures will be designed keeping in view the requirement of noise abatement;  Central control room(s) provided for operation and supervision of plant and equipment will be air-conditioned, glass fiber insulated frames which will help in reducing noise levels. Necessary enclosures will also be provided on the working platforms/areas to reduce the noise levels ;  Acoustic laggings and silencers will be provided in equipment wherever necessary. The compressed air station will be provided with suction side silencers. Ventilation fans will be installed in enclosed premises  The silencers and mufflers of the individual machines will be regularly checked  The noise level will not exceed the permissible limit 75 dB (A) during the day time 70 dB (A) night time within the plant premises. Green belt around the plant area will reduce the noise level further. The adoption of the above measures, it is anticipated that noise levels will be maintained in 45- 50 dB (A) range at the boundary of the plant premises. Plantations on the periphery of the plant would further attenuate noise level. 9.6.3 Water Environment

 The total fresh water requirement will be around 4.6KL per day and will be met Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 197

through ground water, out of which 1.1KL will be used for domestic purpose from where around 0.9KL sewage water will be generated which will be flowed to septic tank followed by soak pit.

 For industrial use, around 2.1KL water will be required out of which 0.2KL will be used in production process, 0.7KL will be used in boiler, 0.5KL will be required for cooling water makeup and around 0.7KL will be used for kettle and floor washing. Around 0.7KL waste water is expected to be generated as effluent which will be treated in ETP. Around 0.6KL treated effluent per day is expected to be generated which will be used for gardening purpose. So there will be no discharge of waste water.

9.6.4 Green Belt Development Plan: 9.6.4.1. Objective

The potential value of vegetation in controlling air pollution has been well recognized. Trees can filter particulates and are effective pollutant sink. Vegetation also reduces noise level and regulates the oxygen balance in the area by consuming released carbon di-oxide.

Development of green belt will include plantation of trees along boundary wall of the factory, roads, raw material yards and other available spaces.

The main purpose of green belt development is to contribute to the following factors:

 To attenuate noise levels generated from the plant;

 To improve the aesthetics of the plant area;

 To trap the vehicular emissions and fugitive dust emissions.

 To maintain ecological homeostasis.

 To prevent soil erosion and to protect the natural vegetation; and

 To utilize the treated effluents.

9.6.4.2. Design of Green Belt The unit proposes to have a green belt programme for the proposed plant. The green belt will be developed on an area of 454.12 sq m of land which is about 34% of the entire project area. As far as possible the following guidelines will be considered in green belt development. Shrubs and trees will be planted in encircling rows around the project site.

 The short trees will be planted in the first two rows of the greenbelt. The tall trees will be planted in the outer three rows.

 Planting of trees in each row, will be in staggered orientation.

Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 198

 Since the trunks of the tall trees are generally devoid of foliage, it will be useful to have shrubs in front of the trees so as to give coverage to this portion.

 The spacing between the trees will be maintained slightly less than the normal spaces, so that the trees may grow vertically and slightly increase the effective height of the green belt.

9.6.4.3. Plant Species for Green Belt While selecting the plant species for the proposed green belt, the following points are taken into consideration:  Should be a fast growing type;  Should have a thick canopy cover;  Should be perennially green;  Should be preferably of native origin; and  Should have a large leaf area index. Criteria for selection of species Species to be selected should fulfil the following specific requirements of the area:  Tolerance to specific conditions or alternatively wide adaptability to eco-physiological conditions;  Rapid growth;  Capacity to endure water stress and climate extremes after initial establishments;  Differences in height and growth habits;  Pleasing appearances;  Providing shade and  Improving waste lands. Recommended Species for plantation Based on climate and soil characteristics of the study area, some species are recommended for plantation. Out of the total plant area, around 34% i.e 454.12 sq m will be dedicated for plantation. Around 60 trees (@1200 nos. of tree per hectares) will be planted in the proposed green development area. A budget of Rs.50000/- has been allotted for greenbelt development. The Layout plan showing the green belt Area is shown in figure 9.2 The recommended species for plantation are given below:

Table 9.1: List of Green Belt Trees Sl No. Common Name Scientific Name Total 1 Chilauni Schima wallichii 5 2 Sal Shorea robusta 5 3 Chapa Mjchelia sp 8 4 East Indian almond Terminalia yriocarpa 6 5 Simul Salmalia mallarica 8 6 Gamari Gmelina arborea 8 7 Sisoo Delbergia Sisoo 10 8 Neem Azadirachta indica 10 Total 60

Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 199

Area Descriptio % (SQM n Utilization ) Ground 387.36 29 Coverage Parking 133.45 10 Area Vacant 360.52 27 Land Green 454.1 34 Area 2 Total Plot 1335. 100 Area 45

Figure 9.2: Layout Plan showing green belt area

9.6.5 Rain Water Harvesting

Rain water will be collected from the roof of sheds and office building. The same will be directed towards the proposed water storage tank of capacity 10KL, located to the east of the project site. The water from this tank shall be used in sprinkling for dust suppression and gardening purpose. The overflow, if any, from the tank shall be discharged through the seaware line. Calculation of Rain Water Harvesting potential is mentioned below:

Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 200

Table 9.2: Rain Water harvesting potential calculation: Total runoff Area in Sq. Rainfall Runoff Catchment area generated m. in m coefficient (cum/annum) Rooftop area 387.36 3.42 0.85 1126 Road/Parking/paved 133.45 3.42 0.75 342 area Total 1486

9.6.6 Occupational Health and safety

All precautionary methods will be adopted by the company to reduce the risk of exposure of employees to occupational safety and health hazards.

Pre & post medical check-ups will be done of all the employees. Employees will be regularly examined and the medical records will be maintained for each employee. Pulmonary function test and periodical medical checkup shall be done once in every year. The following tests shall be conducted for each worker.

 Lung Function Test  Radiology – X-ray  Audiometric Test  General clinical examination with emphasis on respiratory system  Pre-employment examinations  Periodical medical examinations at the time of employment and after completion of employment

For the safety of workers, personnel protective appliances like hand gloves, goggles, aprons, ear mufflers, nose mask etc. will be provided. Nose mask will be provided at places, where there is possibility of dust generation. In high noise generation areas ear mufflers will be provided for the workmen. Proper ventilation system will be provided in the process area

9.7 BUDGETARY PROVISION FOR ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

Amount in No. Particulars INR, Lakhs One Time Installation Cost (Capital Cost) 1 Air Pollution Control System 6.50 2 Noise Control System 2.0 3 Green Belt Development 0.50 4 Environment Monitoring and Management 2.5 5 Water Pollution Control System – ETP/STP 8.40 6 Occupational Health & Safety 1.0 Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 201

Amount in No. Particulars INR, Lakhs Total 20.9

Recurring Cost 1 Environmental Monitoring 2.0 2 General Maintenance of ETP 3.25 3 Greenbelt maintenance 0.25 4 Noise Pollution Control 0.10 5 Occupational Health 0.20 Total 5.8

Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 202

CHAPTER 10 – SUMMARY AND CONCLUSION

10.1. INTRODUCTION

M/s. Sarara Chemicals proposes a project for manufacturing of Synthetic Resins with a capacity of 5400 MTPA, in the land of 1335.45m2 at R.S. Plot No 200; L.R. Plot No 481; Mouza – Bhajanpur; Village – Kuakandar; Dist – Darjeeling, West Bengal.

The proposed project involves manufacturing of Synthetic Organic Chemicals which falls under the item no. 5(f) i.e. Synthetic Organic Chemicals and Category A, as per the EIA notification, 2006 (as amended timely) and needs to obtain the prior Environmental Clearance from the Ministry of Environment, Forest & Climate Change (MoEFCC), prior to initiate the project related activities.

The proposed project is satisfying the General Condition of the EIA Notification as the India – Nepal International boundary is in 4 km and the West Bengal-Bihar State Boundary is in 1.4 km from the project site. So the proposed project will be considered as Category A.

The site is well connected with road network to Bagdogra city which is at about 29 Km. There is no forest, national park, wild life sanctuary, eco sensitive areas in surrounding 10 km radius. The project doesn‟t fall under CRZ boundaries.

The demand for products intended to be manufacture is increasing in the country by setting up this unit M/s Sarara Chemicals will be able to meet the demand of various products locally. The unit will use good faith efforts to employ local people from the nearby villages depending upon the availability of skilled & un-skilled man-power surrounding the project site. In operation phase, the proposed project would require significant workforce of non-technical and technical persons. Migration of highly education and skilled experience will result in increase of literacy in the surrounding villages.

10.2. JUSTIFICATION OF PROPOSED PRODUCTION

Urea Formaldehyde and related amino resins are considered a class of thermosetting resins of which urea-formaldehyde resins make up 80% produced globally. Examples of amino resins use include in automobile tires to improve the bonding of rubber to tire cord, in paper for improving tear strength, in moulding electrical devices, jar caps, etc.

Phenol Formaldehyde Resins (PF) or Phenolic Resins are synthetic polymers obtained by the reaction of phenol or substituted phenol with formaldehyde. Used as the basis for Bakelite, PFs were the first commercial synthetic resins (plastics). They have been widely used for the production of molded products including billiard balls, laboratory countertops, and as coatings and adhesives. They were at one time the primary material used for the production of circuit boards but have been largely replaced with epoxy resins and fibreglass cloth, as with fire- resistant FR-4 circuit board materials

Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 203

10.3. Project Location

Site selection was guided by many factors like infrastructure, availability of land, water sources, fuel transportation, power availability etc. Specific site selection criteria for the proposed project are given below;

 Plant site is only 40 km away from town Siliguri which is well connected by road and rail to rest of India as well as neighboring country like Nepal.

 All basic facilities like availability of water, electricity, transport, communication system and other infrastructure facilities are available

 There is no protected area notified under the Wild Life (Protection) Act (1972) & Eco- sensitive area notified under Section 3 of the Environment (Protection) Act- 1986 or prime forestland exists within 10 Km radius areas from the Plant Site.

 Availability of trained and skilled manpower nearby because of the proximity to various city/town

With all this consideration, this site was ranked first and adopted. The site layout is fixed on this land of 1335.45 sq m. For greenery 454.12 sq m area which is around 34% of the total plot area is earmarked.

Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 204

Figure 10.1: Google Image of M/s Sarara Chemicals

Figure 10.2: Google Earth Image of M/s Sarara Chemicals

Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 205

10.4. COMPONENTS OF PROJECT

10.4.1 Products

The plant is proposed to design for the production of U-F Resin and P-F Resin. The plant and machinery have been designed with required specification considering volume of reaction, material of construction and are located at appropriate positions. Adequate ventilation, air conditioning and Air Filtration systems have been planned to prevent environmental hazards. The leading product may be as stated in Table 10.1.

Table 10.1: Proposed Production Capacity Production Production Storage Mode of Sl Name of the product Capacity Capacity Capacity Storage (MT/Month) (MT/Annum) (MT) Urea-Formaldehyde 1 315 3780 88.2 PVC Tank Resin Phenol-Formaldehyde 2 135 1620 37.8 PVC Tank Resin Total 450 5400 126

10.4.2 Raw Materials

Following raw materials are required for proposed products as mentioned in Table 10.2. The properties of the Raw materials, quantity required and mode of storage & transport are mentioned in Table 10.2. Details

Table 10.2: Chemical Name, Physical Form and Required Quantity & Mode of Storage of Raw Materials Chemical Quantity Quantity Maximum Mode Sr. Name of Mode of Name (MT/ (MT State Source Storage of No. Chemicals Transport Month) /Day) MT Storage 1 Formaldehyde Formaldehyde 313 12.5 Liquid Imported Shipment / 125 HDPE (37%) / Local Truck Tank

2 Phenol Carbolic Acid 43 1.7 Liquid Imported Shipment / 17 HDPE / Local Truck Drum 3 Industrial Urea Carbonyl 88 3.5 Solid Local 35 Woven Road diamide PP Bag 4 Caustic Soda Sodium 2.5 0.1 Solid Local 10 Woven Hydroxide Road PP Bag

5 Acetic Acid Acetic Acid 0.16 0.006 Liquid Local 0.16 HDPE Road Drum

Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 206

Chemical Quantity Quantity Maximum Mode Sr. Name of Mode of Name (MT/ (MT State Source Storage of No. Chemicals Transport Month) /Day) MT Storage 6 Yellow -- 0.05 0.002 Solid Local 0.5 Woven Dextrin PP Bag Powder/ Road Maize Starch White

10.4.3 Utilities

It is desirous to establish a Synthetic Resin Plant with a production of 5400 MT/M. It requires following resources,  Area 1335.45 m2  Greening 454.12 m2  Water Input 4.6 KLD  Electricity Operation Phase: 48 kVA.  Fuel Coal: 200Kg/Hr Diesel: 8 Lit/Hr (For DG Set)  Manpower 16 nos  Raw Materials Commensurate with product, as also work up chemicals, Solvents & Catalysts  Effluent Facility Self  Haz Waste Facility TSDF  Machinery Vertical Boiler, Resin Kettle, DG Set etc.  Total Investment 110.47 lacs  Proponents Law abiding. No litigation pending.

10.4.4 Project Layout

The proposed project is located at R.S. Plot No 200; L.R. Plot No 481; Mouza – Bhajanpur; Village – Kuakandar; Dist – Darjeeling, West Bengal. Plant site is only 40 km away from town Siliguri which is well connected by road and rail to rest of India as well as neighboring country like Nepal. The layout is presented in Figure 10.3.

10.5. OVERALL ENVIRONMENTAL SIGNIFICANCE

Table 10.3: Environmental Significance of Process Steps Unit Peculiarities Environmental Significance Operation/Process Prompt use and storage in smaller containers 1. Incoming Raw Selected from known vendors. prevents spillages and loss of strength. Less Material Transportation in close drums HC emissions 2. Weighing and strict Load Cell based weighing Better check on mass balance, purer material quality control system provided & less rejections

Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 207

Gaseous emissions Scrubbed and de-toxified.

Process waste residues To be sent to TSDF facility for disposal Control systems for accurate Facilitates monitoring of quality of the 3. Instrumentation process controls product and safety aspects. Excellent system of documentation and control of Better operations and retrieval of records for 4. Controls critical stages in the better checks. production process

After pollution prevention step as above, control and mitigation steps will be followed.

Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 208

Area % Description (SQM) Utilization

Ground 387.36 29 Coverage

Parking 133.45 10 Area

Vacant 360.52 27 Land

Green Area 454.1 34 2

Total Plot 1335. 100 Area 45

ETP

Road Width 9150 mm

Entry/Exit

Figure 10.3: Layout Plan of Project Site

Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 209

10.6. POLLUTION CONTROL

The principles of minimization or off-setting mal-effects are based on the principle of prevention, abatement, treatment, reuse, and smooth disposal of wastes. These are indicated herein below,

Table 10.4: Pollution Control Sl Regarding Measure/ effort Remark No. 1 Raw Material Obtained fresh Gets more yield, less loss, less load to environment.

Dependable source Continuity assured. No shock load to environment by make and brake.

Inventory Only small as assured source. No fear of expiry date

2 Land industrial No rehabilitation involved. No prime agricultural land.

3 Water Safe, reliable No encroachment on source of others. Not a dependent source process stoppage risk. Own efforts of reusing.

4 Groundwater Available, Very less amount of water will be required in process and domestic purpose only.

5 Air pollution Flue gas emis194 Adequate stack height will be proposed for the diffusion of pollutants ion from utilities

6 Wastewater ETP has been Water use minimized. Wastewater minimum. envisaged to treat Waste strength reduction. Recycled water effluent with the will be used in gardening. No discharge to above parameter any surface water or any percolation to range groundwater.

7 Soil & Solid MSW, Haz Waste, Soil will not be spoilt. Organic solid waste waste attended will be disposed to the panchayat vat. Process waste/ ETP sludge is transported to TSDF.

8 Aesthetics Noise No big machinery involved, Sturdy foundations, no vibrations. In closed, covered sheds. Greenery maintained

Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 210

Sl Regarding Measure/ effort Remark No. Odour No open anerobiosis.

10.7. Control Measures (Natural Environment)

10.7.1 Air Environment

Ambient air quality will be within NAAQS 2009 as mentioned above. Vertical boiler and DG Sets will be with adequate stack height of 30 m & 2 m respectively for dispersion. Plan for prevention and control of Fugitive Emission are:

 Providing training to operating personnel for chemicals being handled within its premises

 Display of material safety data sheets (msds‟) near all storage tanks

 Display of tanker loading standard operating procedures (sops) near tanker loading points

 Installation of an on line gas detection system, which gives alarms in case of leaks. The alarm is set to levels below lower explosive limits (lel) of the concerned gases at the terminal.

 Provision of double mechanical seals within high pressure pumps, to avoid leaks

 Provision of storage tanks with breather valves set at pressures higher than the operating vapour pressure of the stored chemical.

10.7.2 Water Environment

Introduction

It will be a logical analysis of any situation if a study is undertaken in following way:

 Incoming water quality.  Water budgeting to estimate effluent quantity and quality.  ETP and its performance evaluation.  Expected impact.

Here we shall have to consider (1) the Domestic use water regime and (2) the Industrial use water regime.

In order to prevent and control pollution of water, to avoid nuisance, harm, injury to public health and safety and to maintain or restore quality of water, this Water (P & CP) Act, 1974 confers a number of powers on Pollution Control Boards and expects specific functions from them.

Water Quality: Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 211

Raw Water: The water used for the plant is available from ground water source through a bore well and it has good characteristics. The present sample results also confirm this.

Water Budgeting:

The water requirement of M/s Sarara Chemicals will be met through ground water infrastructure. The total net water requirement for the proposed unit will be 4.6 KLD, which includes domestic, gardening and industrial purpose.

There is a little amount of water required for manufacturing process. Only the condensate water will be generated as effluent @ 0.7 kl/day. The effluent will be treated in the ETP plant and 0.6 kld treated effluent will be generated which will be used for gardening purpose. So there will be no discharge.

The domestic wastewater shall be generated @ of 900 Lit/day. The domestic effluent shall be disposed off through septic tank/soak pit system.

Figure 10.4: Water Balance Diagram

Recommended Treatment Process

To treat the wastewater the effluent will be collected in an equalizer tank through screen. It will be then taken to mixing cum primary sedimentation tank, where Lime solution (20gm/L) and Alum (4gm/L) or Polyelectrolyte will be dozed for flocculation and sedimentation. The sludge from the primary sedimentation tank will be taken to sludge bed. The treated water from primary sedimentation tank will be pH corrected, where acid will be dosed to get a neutral pH. The wastewater will then to be aerated for 10 hrs with nutrients and to be settled for another 10

Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 212

hrs. The effluent is then to be passed through 3 nos. activated carbon columns. The water will then to be chlorinated. The treated water from tank will be discharged or reused. The dry sludge will be stored after collection from the sludge bed.

The ETP capacity is proposed to consider total 5 days holding capacity & evaporator and ETP shall be covered by the shed so even in rainy season zero discharge can be maintained

The domestic wastewater shall be generated @ of 900 Lit/day. The domestic effluent shall be disposed off through septic tank/soak pit system

Mitigation:

As additional mitigation measures, it proposes to take-up following:

 To spread awareness to the workers about the importance of water quantity measurements and resource conservation.

 Shop-floor supervisors are encouraged for mopping up, dry collection, good house- keeping by arranging lectures and by conscious supervision.

 The treated waste water will be recycled. Summary:

From the foregoing it may be seen that the industry is without any such effluent which is hazardous, poisonous or non-biodegradable and entering in the environment. It is not likely to create pollution from the point-of-view of water phase of environment. In fact the settled sludge is converted to solid form to go to TSDF. This is a Zero Liquid Discharge Industry.

Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 213

Figure 10.5: Block Diagram of Effluent Treatment Plant

Table 10.5: Detail of ETP Parameters Influent Effluent Discharge S.N. Parameters Treated effluent Stream Standards 1 pH 3.88 7.5 to 8.0 7.5 to 8.0 2 TSS 412mg/L < 100 mg / lit. < 100 mg / lit. 3 BOD 1468 mg/L <100 mg / lit. <100 mg / lit. 4 COD 3286 mg/L <250 mg / lit. <250 mg / lit. 5 TDS 2510 mg/L <2100 mg / lit. <2100 mg / lit. 6 Oil and Grease 50 mg/L <10 mg / lit. <10 mg / lit.

Action Plan:

The action plan is prepared to ensure that there is no discharge of effluent creating nuisance during rainy season.

 There will be no unattended storage of effluent.

 Pre-monsoon inspection shall be carried out to ensure that there will not be any rain-wash pollution in the eventuality of rain run on or rain runoff.

 The ETP and sludge beds also will be taken care off during pre-monsoon inspection.

10.7.3 Solid Waste Management

Introduction

Following mitigation practice is the policy for future: Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 214

 Minimization at all levels will be attempted for discarded products, empty containers, packing surpluses, incoming raw material unloading spillages and fugitives.  The plant will produce very less amount of scrap materials. All these, however, be carefully stored on raised platform with dwarf toe walls all around, and a roof over-head. The contents will not be held in the premises for more than a fortnight.  This waste along with ETP sludge and evaporation residue will be transported to the Common Hazardous Waste Treatment and Disposal site for proper treatment and disposal at TSDF site  We will buy raw materials in tankers/drums/bags. The drums /bags will be sent back to raw material supplier or will be sold to registered recycler.

A. Non-Hazardous Solid Waste:

Based on the above working, the summary of the non-hazardous waste is given below:

Table 10.6: Non-Hazardous Solid Waste Sl Waste Quantity Disposal No. 1 Dry Garbage 4 Kg/day Disposal to Panchayat Vat 2 Wet Garbage 6 Kg/day Disposal to Panchayat Vat B. Hazardous Solid Waste:

The main source of hazardous waste generation from proposed activity is dried sludge from ETP and Evaporation residue.

The other source of hazardous waste generation from proposed activity are discarded containers/ Barrel / bags from storage and handling of raw materials and spent/used oil generation from plant machinery..

The unit will obtain membership of active Common Environmental Infrastructure TSDF at Haldia for proper disposal of hazardous waste. The unit has provided dedicated storage area for the hazardous waste storage within premises having impervious floor and roof cover system. The details of hazardous waste generation and handling / Management are given in Table 10.7. Table 10.7: Details of Hazardous Waste generation and Disposal Types of Sr. No. Quantity Mode of Disposal Waste ETP 5 Collection, Storage, Transportation, Disposal at 1. Sludge Kg/Month TSDF site. Used oil/ 15 Collection, Storage, Transportation, Sell to 2 spent oil Lit/Year Registered Pre-processor 50 3 Bags Sold to Registered Recycler Nos./Day

Aesthetics: Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 215

There will be no nuisance from noise. DG set will be run only occasionally. There are no crushing, pulverizing operations.

Odour, however can be of some sensitivity in chemical industries. However, in this case majority input is odorless, and only two are of pungent nature but less in quantity and handled in closed fashion. This will be handled carefully. No nuisance will go to surrounding chemical industries.

10.8. BACKGROUND STUDY

This is important part of study.

(A) Natural Environment : We have undertaken to do the sampling as –

 Air Quality: 3 Months, For PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOx, O3, NH3 and TVOC at. 8 Locations  Noise: 10 Locations.  Surface Water: 10 Locations,.  Ground Water: 10 Location.  Soil: 2 Locations.

The stations are selected in all directions from the Site and in 10 km radius. The Environmental quality is generally found satisfactory.

(B) Manmade Environment:

This includes existing land-use, demography, employment, socio-economic aspects and community development needed and proposed. This is for entire area in this study zone.

 Socio-Economic Status in Influence Zone has included the study of Non-Workers percentage whether high, from the percentage employed population on Agricultural, how far is the scope for other avenues of livelihood like Live Stock, Forestry, Fishing, Hunting, Orchards, Mining, Trade Commerce.

 Further out of Total Land what percentage is already under Cultivation and Out of Total Land what percentage is already under Irrigation.

 If the land is not likely to support more people, then whether Industrialization is necessary to improve the situation. All this will be studied as cost benefit ratio.

10.9. BIOLOGICAL STUDY

Impact:

No direct impact would be envisaged due to the upcoming project on nearby ecological environment. Further greenbelt development will help to improve ecology. Necessary environmental protective measure has been planned under EMP for air, water and hazardous waste management systems and regular environmental surveillance will be carried out so as to

Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 216

prevent any short-term or cumulative effect on the crops and natural vegetation of the area. Adequate stack height will be provided as per CPCB guidelines for the proper dispersion of pollutants, so that it will not hamper the plants. There will be no disposal of effluent from the unit.

Mitigations:

 Air Pollution – Stack height will be as per CPCB norms. So that emission may not cause effect on the surrounding area.

 During the process, there is no any sound which will be not disturbing animals nearby forest.

 The Residual waste generated will be delivered to common hazardous waste storage and disposal facility. Plantation in Industry Premises:

Methodology:

Design of Plantation will be such as:

 Not to get disturbed in future expansions  Be nearer to source of water and supervision.  Be where the need is  Capability of securing maximum survival rate with an aim of 100% Selection of species will be done by detailed considerations:  A large variety of species selected to have bio-diversity  Indigenous local species have a more chance of survival. So will be surveyed.  Species of origin outside of India, but subsequently found established too shall be encouraged.  Species that will grow rapidly under local dominant stress of soil salinity, high wind, water needs, sustainability in dry months  Species that have more foliage area, absorbing gasses. Logistics: Provision is made in advance for:

 Securing plants from nearby Nursery

 Water distribution arrangement

 Staff earmarked for the purpose having trained in the respect

 Agricultural implements, pesticides and manures necessary

 Fire protection.

Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 217

10.10. SOCIAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT

The setting up of any kind project would undoubtedly include significant impact on socio- economic and cultural life of the people in the project area. Here, an attempt is made to visualize and discuss such tentative impacts likely to be induced by the project.

The likely impacts due to proposed project activity are described below:

10.10.1. Positive Impacts

There will be a growth in indirect jobs and business opportunities to the local and surrounding people such as daily wage labourers, transporters and raw material suppliers due to the establishment of surrounding industries in the area.

Future generation of Cultivators/farmers at local and regional level will be benefited through industrial growth in the area provided adequate measures to control pollution are undertaken

Infrastructure viz. Road, transport, electricity and water supply in the surrounding villages will be improved

10.10.2. Negative Impacts

Due to the proposed project activity, influx of population may increase during the construction phase. This may lead to strain on infrastructure facilities in the area as well as increase in population at local level. However, this impact is only for the short duration and temporary in nature. Construction is limited. During construction phase, increased level of dust and other air pollutants may lead to respiratory diseases.

Although the effluent of industry will not be discharged, but by any chance if it goes directly it will affect fishing activity and indirectly have negative impact on the health of the local people.

People residing in villages located in downward direction of study area can face problem of bad odour due to gaseous emission from this industry. Care will be taken to reduce the effect.

10.10.3. Mitigation Measures

 Project authorities should organize guidance centre for youths, technical education centre and training programme.

- Community Development Programmes should be continued in the nearby villages as a goodwill gesture.

- Information regarding the proposed development plan, social welfare programmes etc. should be communicated to the local community in the form of booklets and audio- visuals.

Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 218

 For all the social welfare activities to be undertaken by the project authorities, collaboration should be sought with the local administration and Gram Panchayat for better co-ordination and also to reach to the public.

10.11. Safety

Safety and Occupational Health will be dealt carefully. A disciplined approach is natural to this industry. Safety policy will be in place. The unit will be registered under Factory Act and are bound by State Factory Rules. Thus, First aid trained and Fire-fighting trained person will be available in every shift. Safety Officer will be appointed, as also the competent person retained. Where necessary, provisions of other Acts, where required like Petroleum act, Explosive Act, etc. will be obeyed. Fire fighting system is kept as per norms of Insurance Company and CIF.

HAZOP study will be carried out to understand hazards associated with the manufacturing process its magnitude and subsequent mitigation measures. This outcome of study is used for Risk Management (Analysis, Assessment, Characterization, Calculating, Process Comparison) & designing additional measures.

DMP (Disaster Management Plan) and off-site emergency plan will be in place. Accordingly, Personal protection equipment will be given and use will be insisted. Consulting Physician is retained to attain the factory.

10.12. Conclusion

This industry will manufacture synthetic Resin (U-F Resin & P-F Resin) which is in good demand for growing infra-structural facilities in India and abroad. This will not disturb the present land-use because proposed project area is located at Village – Kuakandar; Dist – Darjeeling, West Bengal. No Prime Agriculture Land will be put to this industrial use. Trees will be maintained and not razed down. No Rehabilitation is involved. There will be no problematic waste materials as all will be utilized.

 This project is very necessary in view of making useful material available to Indian developmental activity for community, defense and as a foreign exchange saver/ earner product.

 Water, power, Raw material, and Market is assured and found available with ease.

 Full precautions will be taken for Pollution Control, Resource Conservation and Environmental Protection.

 This is cost effective and Sustainable Development. The Report gives the details and finds that, the impact overall is favorable to the country, to the people and to the environment as a sustainable development.

Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 219

CHAPTER 11 -CONSULTANTS ENGAGED

11.1. CONSULTANTS ENGAGED

This EIA report is prepared on behalf of the proponents, taking inputs from proponent‟s office staff, Architects, Project Management Professionals etc. by Environmental Consultants M/s. Ultra-Tech Environmental Consultancy and Laboratory, Thane.

M/s Ultra-Tech Environmental Consultancy and Laboratory:

Ultra-Tech Environmental Consultancy and Laboratory [Lab Gazetted by MoEFCC – Govt. of India] not only give environmental solutions for sustainable development, but make sure that they are economically feasible. With innovative ideas and impact mitigation measures offered, make them distinguished in environmental consulting business. The completion of tasks in record time is the key feature of Ultra-Tech. A team of more than hundred environmental brigadiers consists of engineers, experts, ecologists, hydrologists, geologists, socio-economic experts, solid waste and hazard waste experts apart from environmental media sampling and monitoring experts and management experts , strive hard to serve the clients with up to mark and best services.

Ultra-Tech offers environmental consultancy services to assist its clients to obtain environmental clearance for their large buildings, construction, CRZ, SEZ, high rise buildings, township projects and industries covering sugar and distilleries from respective authorities.

Ultra-Tech also provide STP/ETP /WTP project consultancy on turn-key basis apart from Operation and Maintenance of these projects on annual contract basis. Also, having MoEF approved environmental laboratory, Ultra-Tech provide laboratory services for monitoring and analysis of various environmental media like air, water, waste water, stack, noise and meteorological data to its clients all over India and abroad.

Ownership of organization

Though, Ultra-Tech is a proprietorship firm, actually it is a confluence of environmental engineers, ecologists, geologists, hydrologists, socio-economic and management experts apart from environmental laboratory sampling and monitoring teams. The company is established in 1986 and celebrated 2011 as its silver jubilee year.

Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 220

Table11.1: List of EIA Coordinator, Functional Area Experts & Associates: S. Name of Name of Name of EIA Coordinator Functional Area Experts involved No. Sector Project Client Name/s Signature FA Name/s Signature

1. 5 (f), Proposed M/s. Sarara Mr. LU Mr. Yogesh Raskar Synthetic Chemicals Adhikra Synthetic SE Resin o Organic Govind Manufact AP Mr. Shekhar Manohar Chemicals Yewale uring Tamhane Industry ( Plant at WP Dyes and Village : dye Kuakanda intermediate AQ Mr. Partha Sarathi r; Mouza s; bulk Mukherjee & P.O. drugs and Bhajanpu intermediate EB r, P.S. s excluding Mrs. Padmini Sindhey Khoribari, drug formulation Dist. RH Mrs. Ashwini Gangvir s; Synthetic Darjeelin rubbers; g; West Basic Bengal. SHW Mrs. Dipa Tamhane Organic Karnik

chemicals, Other Team Mr. Debasish Synthetic Member Sengupta Organic s

chemicals and Mrs. Pamela chemical Chowdhury intermediate s)

(Category B)

Table 11.2: Laboratory Details NAME OF LABORATORY SCOPE OF SERVICES ACCREDITATION STATUS Monitoring and Analysis of:  Ambient Air Monitoring Bharat foundation  Ground Water(Analysis) Accredited by NABL (Environmental Laboratory)  Surface Water (Analysis) Certificate No T-2226  Soil quality (Analysis)  Noise monitoring ---0x0---

Environmental Impact Assessment Report – M/s Sarara Chemicals 221